Table of Contents
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON April 30, 2007
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 20-F
(Mark One) | ||
o | REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |
or | ||
þ | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 | ||
or | ||
o | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |
for the transition period from to | ||
o | SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |
Date of event requiring this shell company report | ||
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12-b2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No o |
Commission file number 1-16055
PEARSON PLC
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
England and Wales
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
80 Strand
London, England WC2R 0RL
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Class | Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered | |
*Ordinary Shares, 25p par value | New York Stock Exchange | |
American Depositary Shares, each Representing One Ordinary Share, 25p per Ordinary Share | New York Stock Exchange |
* | Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the SEC. |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock at the close of the period covered by the annual report:
Ordinary Shares, 25p par value | 806,108,760 |
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes o No þ
Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer”, in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
þLarge accelerated filer | oAccelerated filer | oNon-accelerated filer |
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Registrant has elected to follow:
Item 17þ | Item 18o |
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):
Yes o No þ
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
Table of Contents
Page | ||||||||
Interest Rates | 65 | |||||||
Currency Exchange Rates | 65 | |||||||
Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts | 66 | |||||||
Derivatives | 66 | |||||||
Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities | 67 | |||||||
PART II | ||||||||
Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies | 67 | |||||||
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds | 67 | |||||||
Controls and Procedures | 67 | |||||||
Disclosure Controls and Procedures | 67 | |||||||
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting | 67 | |||||||
Change in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting | 68 | |||||||
Audit Committee Financial Expert | 68 | |||||||
Code of Ethics | 68 | |||||||
Principal Accountant Fees and Services | 68 | |||||||
Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees | 69 | |||||||
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchases | 69 | |||||||
PART III | ||||||||
Financial Statements | 69 | |||||||
Financial Statements | 69 | |||||||
Exhibits | 69 | |||||||
Exhibit 8.1 | ||||||||
Exhibit 12.1 | ||||||||
Exhibit 12.2 | ||||||||
Exhibit 13.1 | ||||||||
Exhibit 13.2 | ||||||||
Exhibit 15 |
3
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION
In this Annual Report on Form 20-F (the “Annual Report”) references to “Pearson”, the “Company” or the “Group” are references to Pearson plc, its predecessors and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires. “Ordinary Shares” refer to the ordinary share capital of Pearson of par value 25p each. “ADSs” refer to American Depositary Shares which are Ordinary Shares deposited pursuant to the Deposit Agreement dated March 21, 1995, amended and restated as of August 8, 2000 among Pearson, The Bank of New York as depositary (the “Depositary”) and owners and holders of ADSs (the “Deposit Agreement”). ADSs are represented by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) delivered by the Depositary under the terms of the Deposit Agreement.
We have prepared the financial information contained in this Annual Report in accordance with European Union (“EU”)-adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), which differ in certain significant respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or US GAAP. We describe these differences in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Accounting Principles”, and in note 36 to our consolidated financial statements included in “Item 17. Financial Statements” of this Annual Report. Unless we indicate otherwise, any reference in this Annual Report to our consolidated financial statements is to the consolidated financial statements and the related notes, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
We publish our consolidated financial statements in sterling. We have included, however, references to other currencies. In this Annual Report:
• | references to “sterling”, “pounds”, “pence” or “£” are to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom, | |
• | references to “euro” or “€” are to the euro, the lawful currency of the participating Member States in the Third Stage of the European Economic and Monetary Union of the Treaty Establishing the European Commission, and | |
• | references to “US dollars”, “dollars”, “cents” or “$” are to the lawful currency of the United States. |
For convenience and except where we specify otherwise, we have translated some sterling figures into US dollars at the rate of £1.00 = $1.96, the noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers and foreign currencies as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes on December 29, 2006, the last business day of 2006. We do not make any representation that the amounts of sterling have been, could have been or could be converted into dollars at the rates indicated. On March 30, 2007 the noon buying rate for sterling was £1.00 = $1.97.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
You should not rely unduly on forward-looking statements in this Annual Report. This Annual Report, including the sections entitled “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors”, “Item 4. Information on the Company” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”, contains forward-looking statements that relate to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “expect”, “intend”, “plan”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “predict”, “potential”, “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Examples of these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding the following:
• | operations and prospects, | |
• | growth strategy, | |
• | funding needs and financing resources, | |
• | expected financial position, | |
• | market risk, |
4
Table of Contents
• | currency risk, | |
• | US federal and state spending patterns, | |
• | debt levels, and | |
• | general market and economic conditions. |
These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In evaluating them, you should consider various factors, including the risks outlined under “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors”, which may cause actual events or our industry’s results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.
5
Table of Contents
PART I
ITEM 1. | IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS |
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. | OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE |
Not applicable.
ITEM 3. | KEY INFORMATION |
Selected consolidated financial data
The tables below show selected consolidated financial data under IFRS and US GAAP. Under US GAAP, the consolidated financial data has been presented for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2006. The Company adopted IFRS on January 1, 2003. As a result, in accordance with the instructions of Form 20-F, selected consolidated financial data under IFRS is only presented for each of the years in the four-year period ended December 31, 2006. The selected consolidated profit and loss account data for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as at December 31, 2006 and 2005 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in “Item 17. Financial Statements” in this Annual Report.
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differs from US GAAP in certain significant respects. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Accounting Principles” and note 36 to the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements contain a reconciliation to US GAAP of profit for the year, shareholders’ funds and certain other financial data.
The selected consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. The information provided below is not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected from future operations.
For convenience, we have translated the 2006 amounts into US dollars at the rate of £1.00 = $1.96, the noon buying rate in The City of New York on December 29, 2006.
6
Table of Contents
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||||||||||||
IFRS | IFRS | IFRS | IFRS | |||||||||||||||||
IFRS | £ | £ | £ | £ | ||||||||||||||||
$ | ||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions, except for per share amounts) | ||||||||||||||||||||
IFRS information: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Income Statement data | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total sales | 8,109 | 4,137 | 3,808 | 3,479 | 3,651 | |||||||||||||||
Total operating profit | 1,058 | 540 | 516 | 382 | 401 | |||||||||||||||
Profit after taxation from continuing operations | 892 | 455 | 330 | 248 | 249 | |||||||||||||||
Profit for the financial year | 919 | 469 | 644 | 284 | 275 | |||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per equity share(4) | $1.10 | 55.9 | p | 78.2 | p | 32.9 | p | 31.7 | p | |||||||||||
Diluted earnings per equity share(5) | $1.09 | 55.8 | p | 78.1 | p | 32.9 | p | 31.7 | p | |||||||||||
Dividends per ordinary share | $0.57 | 29.3 | p | 27.0 | p | 25.4 | p | 24.2 | p | |||||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet data at period end | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets (Fixed assets plus Current assets) | 14,137 | 7,213 | 7,600 | 6,578 | 6,736 | |||||||||||||||
Shareholders funds | 6,813 | 3,476 | 3,564 | 2,800 | 2,969 | |||||||||||||||
Long-term obligations(6) | (3,632 | ) | (1,853 | ) | (2,500 | ) | (2,403 | ) | (1,982 | ) | ||||||||||
Capital stock(1) | 396 | 202 | 201 | 201 | 201 | |||||||||||||||
Number of equity shares outstanding (millions of ordinary shares) | 806 | 806 | 804 | 803 | 802 |
Year ended December 31 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | ||||||||||||||||||||
£ | £ | £ | £ | £ | |||||||||||||||||||||
$ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
(I | n millions, except for per share amounts) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
US GAAP information(7): | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Income Statement data | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total sales(8) | 8,292 | 4,231 | 3,892 | 3,562 | 3,774 | 3,896 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total operating profit(2) | 902 | 460 | 364 | 269 | 361 | 408 | |||||||||||||||||||
Profit after taxation from continuing operations | 823 | 420 | 182 | 170 | 197 | 185 | |||||||||||||||||||
Net income for the year | 668 | 341 | 411 | 182 | 173 | 189 | |||||||||||||||||||
Profit from continuing operations for the year(3) | 780 | 398 | 164 | 153 | 159 | 187 | |||||||||||||||||||
(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations(3) | (112 | ) | (57 | ) | 8 | 29 | 17 | 24 | |||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) on disposal of discontinued operations(3) | — | — | 239 | — | (3 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per equity share(4) | $ | 0.84 | 42.7 | p | 51.5 | p | 22.8 | p | 21.8 | p | 23.7 | p | |||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per equity share(5) | $ | 0.83 | 42.6 | p | 51.4 | p | 22.8 | p | 21.8 | p | 23.7 | p | |||||||||||||
Basic earnings from continuing operations per equity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share(1)(4) | $ | 0.98 | 49.9 | p | 20.5 | p | 19.2 | p | 20.0 | p | 23.5 | p | |||||||||||||
Diluted earnings from continuing operations per equity Shares(3)(5) | $ | 0.97 | 49.8 | p | 20.5 | p | 19.2 | p | 20.0 | p | 23.5 | p | |||||||||||||
Basic (loss)/earnings per share from discontinued operations(3)(4) | $ | (0.14 | ) | (7.2 | )p | 31.0 | p | 3.6 | p | 1.8 | p | 2.9 | p | ||||||||||||
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share from discontinued operations(3)(5) | $ | (0.14 | ) | (7.2 | )p | 30.9 | p | 3.6 | p | 1.8 | p | 2.9 | p | ||||||||||||
Dividends per ordinary share | $ | 0.57 | 29.3 | p | 27.0 | p | 25.4 | p | 24.2 | p | 22.7 | p |
7
Table of Contents
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||||||||||||
£ | £ | £ | £ | £ | ||||||||||||||||||||
$ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(I | n millions, except for per share amounts) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet data at period end | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | 14,351 | 7,322 | 7,800 | 7,040 | 7,101 | 6,767 | ||||||||||||||||||
Shareholders’ funds | 7,019 | 3,581 | 3,838 | 3,218 | 3,333 | 4,155 | ||||||||||||||||||
Long-term obligations(6) | (3,622 | ) | (1,848 | ) | (2,397 | ) | (2,392 | ) | (1,951 | ) | (2,026 | ) |
(1) | Capital stock and the number of equity shares outstanding are the same under both IFRS and US GAAP. |
(2) | Total operating profit under US GAAP includes a loss of £2m in 2006 (2005: £nil; 2004: profit of £14m) on the sale of fixed assets and investments. Additionally, the US GAAP operating profit includes the operating profit impact of the GAAP adjustments discussed in note 36 in “Item 17. Financial Statements”. |
(3) | Discontinued operations under both IFRS and US GAAP comprise the results of Pearson Government Solutions for all years presented, Recoletos Grupo de Comunicacion SA for 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and the results of RTL Group for 2002. Discontinued operations under US GAAP also include the results of the Forum Corporation for 2003 and 2002. |
(4) | Basic earnings per equity share is based on profit/loss for the financial period and the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period. |
(5) | Diluted earnings per equity share is based on diluted earnings for the financial period and the diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period. Diluted earnings comprise earnings adjusted for the tax benefit on the conversion of share options by employees and the weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of share options. |
(6) | Long-term obligations comprise any liabilities with a maturity of more than one year, including medium and long-term borrowings, derivative financial instruments, pension obligations and deferred income tax liabilities. |
(7) | See note 36 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report entitled “Summary of principal differences between International Financial Reporting Standards and United States of America generally accepted accounting principles”. |
(8) | Commencing in 2006, the Company has included within Sales, shipping and handling fees and costs, distribution income and subrights income, which were previously reflected on a net basis within operating expenses. Sales figures for all prior years presented have been revised for comparative purposes (2006: £94m; 2005: £84m; 2004: £83m; 2003: £94m; and 2002: £109m). |
Dividend information
The Group pays dividends to holders of ordinary shares on dates that are fixed in accordance with the guidelines of the London Stock Exchange. The board of directors normally declares an interim dividend in July or August of each year to be paid in September or October. The board of directors normally recommends a final dividend following the end of the fiscal year to which it relates, to be paid in the following May or June, subject to shareholders’ approval at our annual general meeting. At the annual general meeting on April 27, 2007 our shareholders approved a final dividend of 18.8p per ordinary share for the year ended December 31, 2006.
8
Table of Contents
The table below sets forth the amounts of interim, final and total dividends paid in respect of each fiscal year indicated, and is translated into cents per ordinary share at the noon buying rate in the city of New York on each of the respective payment dates for interim and final dividends. The final dividend for the 2006 fiscal year will be paid on May 11, 2007.
Fiscal year | Interim | Final | Total | Interim | Final | Total | ||||||||||||||||||
(Pence per ordinary share) | (Cents per ordinary share) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | 10.5 | 18.8 | 29.3 | 20.6 | 36.8 | 57.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
2005 | 10.0 | 17.0 | 27.0 | 17.2 | 29.2 | 46.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
2004 | 9.7 | 15.7 | 25.4 | 18.6 | 30.2 | 48.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 9.4 | 14.8 | 24.2 | 16.7 | 26.4 | 43.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
2002 | 9.1 | 14.3 | 23.4 | 14.7 | 23.0 | 37.7 |
Future dividends will be dependent on our future earnings, financial condition and cash flow, as well as other factors affecting the Group.
Exchange rate information
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning the noon buying rate for sterling, expressed in dollars per pound sterling. The average rate is calculated by using the average of the noon buying rates in the city of New York on each day during a monthly period and on the last day of each month during an annual period. On December 29, 2006, the noon buying rate for sterling was £1.00 = $1.96. On March 30, 2007 the noon buying rate for sterling was £1.00 = $1.97.
Month | High | Low | ||||||
March 2007 | $ | 1.97 | $ | 1.92 | ||||
February 2007 | $ | 1.97 | $ | 1.94 | ||||
January 2007 | $ | 1.98 | $ | 1.93 | ||||
December 2006 | $ | 1.98 | $ | 1.95 | ||||
November 2006 | $ | 1.97 | $ | 1.89 | ||||
October 2006 | $ | 1.91 | $ | 1.85 |
Year ended December 31 | Average rate | |||
2006 | $ | 1.84 | ||
2005 | $ | 1.81 | ||
2004 | $ | 1.83 | ||
2003 | $ | 1.63 | ||
2002 | $ | 1.51 |
Risk factors
You should carefully consider the risk factors described below, as well as the other information included in this Annual Report. Our business, financial condition or results from operations could be materially adversely affected by any or all of these risks, or by other risks that we presently cannot identify.
Our intellectual property and proprietary rights may not be adequately protected under current laws in some jurisdictions and that may adversely affect our results and our ability to grow. |
Our products largely comprise intellectual property delivered through a variety of media, including newspapers, books and the internet. We rely on trademark, copyright and other intellectual property laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights in these products.
We cannot be sure that our proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Our intellectual property rights in countries such as the US and UK, jurisdictions covering the largest proportion of
9
Table of Contents
our operations, are well established. However, we also conduct business in other countries where the extent of effective legal protection for intellectual property rights is uncertain, and this uncertainty could affect our future growth. Moreover, despite trademark and copyright protection, third parties may copy, infringe or otherwise profit from our proprietary rights without our authorization.
These unauthorized activities may be more easily facilitated by the internet. The lack of internet-specific legislation relating to trademark and copyright protection creates an additional challenge for us in protecting our proprietary rights relating to our online business processes and other digital technology rights. The loss or diminution in value of these proprietary rights or our intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial performance. In that regard, Penguin Group (USA) Inc. and Pearson Education have joined three other major US publishers in a suit brought under the auspices of the Association of American Publishers to challenge Google’s plans to copy the full text of all books ever published without permission from the publishers or authors. This lawsuit seeks to demarcate the extent to which search engines, other internet operators and libraries may rely on the fair-use doctrine to copy content without authorization from the copyright proprietors, and may give publishers and authors more control over online users of their intellectual property. If the lawsuit is unsuccessful, publishers and authors may be unable to control copying of their content for purposes of online searching, which could have an adverse impact on our business and financial performance.
Our US educational textbook and testing businesses may be adversely affected by changes in state educational funding resulting from either general economic conditions, changes in government educational funding, programs and legislation (both at the federal and state level), and/or changes in the state procurement process. |
The results and growth of our US educational textbook and testing business is dependent on the level of US and state educational funding, which in turn is dependent on the robustness of state finances and the level of funding allocated to educational programs. Federal and/or state legislative changes can also affect the funding available for educational expenditure, e.g. the No Child Left Behind Act.
Similarly changes in the state procurement process for textbooks, learning material and student tests, particularly in the adoptions market can also affect our markets. For example, changes in curricula, delays in the timing of the adoptions and changes in the student testing process can all affect these programs and therefore the size of our market in any given year.
There are multiple competing demands for educational funds and there is no guarantee that states will fund new textbooks or testing programs, or that we will win this business.
Our newspaper businesses may be adversely affected by reductions in advertising revenues and/or circulation either because of competing news information distribution channels, particularly online and digital formats, or due to weak general economic conditions. |
Changes in consumer purchasing habits, as readers look to alternative sources and/or providers of information, such as the internet and other digital formats, may change the way we distribute our content. We might see a decline in print circulation in our more mature markets as readership habits change and readers migrate online, although we see further opportunities for growth in our less mature markets outside Europe. If the migration of readers to new digital formats occurs more quickly than we expect, this is likely to affect print advertising spend by our customers, adversely affecting our profitability.
Our newspaper businesses are highly geared and remain dependent on advertising revenue; relatively small changes in revenue, positive or negative, have a disproportionate effect on profitability. We are beginning to see an increase in advertising revenues compared to prior years, however any downturn in corporate and financial advertising spend would negatively impact our results.
10
Table of Contents
A control breakdown in our school testing businesses could result in financial loss and reputational damage. |
There are inherent risks associated with our school testing businesses, both in the USA and the UK. A breakdown in our testing and assessment products and processes could lead to a mis-grading of student tests and/or late delivery of test results to students and their schools. In either event we may be subject to legal claims, penalty charges under our contracts, non-renewal of contracts and/or in the case of our UK testing business, the suspension or withdrawal of our accreditation to conduct tests. It is also possible that such events would result in adverse publicity, which may affect our ability to retain existing contracts and/or obtain new customers.
Our professional services and school testing businesses involve complex contractual relationships with both government agencies and commercial customers for the provision of various testing services. Our financial results, growth prospects and/or reputation may be adversely affected if these contracts and relationships are not managed. |
These businesses are characterized by multi-million pound contracts spread over several years. As in any contracting business, there are inherent risks associated with the bidding process, start-up, operational performance and contract compliance (including penalty clauses) which could adversely affect our financial performance and/or reputation.
Several of these businesses are dependent on either single or a small number of large contracts. Failure to retain these contracts at the end of the contract term would adversely impact our future revenue growth. At Edexcel, our UK Examination board and testing business, any change in UK Government policy to exam marking and student testing could have a significant impact on our present business model.
We operate in a highly competitive environment that is subject to rapid change and we must continue to invest and adapt to remain competitive. |
Our education, business information and book publishing businesses operate in highly competitive markets. These markets constantly change in response to competition, technological innovations and other factors. To remain competitive we continue to invest in our authors, products, services and people. There is no guarantee that these investments will generate the anticipated returns or protect us from being placed at a competitive disadvantage with respect to scale, resources and our ability to develop and exploit opportunities.
Specific competitive threats we face at present include:
• | Students seeking cheaper sources of content, e.g. on-line, used books or re-imported textbooks. | |
• | Competition from major publishers and other educational material and service providers in our US educational textbook and testing businesses. | |
• | Penguin — Authors’ advances in consumer publishing. We compete with other publishing businesses to purchase the rights to author manuscripts. Our competitors may bid to a level at which we could not generate a sufficient return on our investment, and so, typically, we would not purchase these rights. | |
• | People — the investments we make in our employees, combined with our employment policies and practices, we believe are critical factors enabling us to recruit and retain the very best people in our business sectors. However, some of our markets are presently undergoing radical restructuring with several of our competitors up for sale, particularly in the Education sector. New owners, particularly private equity, may try to recruit our key talent as part of this industry restructuring. |
At Penguin, changes in product distribution channels, increased book returns and/or customer bankruptcy may restrict our ability to grow and affect our profitability. |
New distribution channels, e.g. digital format, the internet, used books, combined with the concentration of retailer power pose multiple threats (and opportunities) to our traditional consumer publishing models, potentially impacting both sales volumes and pricing.
11
Table of Contents
Penguin’s financial performance can also be negatively affected if book return rates increase above historical average levels. Similarly, the bankruptcy of a major retail customer would disrupt short-term product supply to the market as well as result in a large debt write off.
We operate in markets which are dependent on Information Technology systems and technological change. |
All our businesses, to a greater or lesser extent, are dependent on technology. We either provide software and/or internet services to our customers or we use complex information technology systems and products to support our business activities, particularly in business information publishing, back-office processing and infrastructure.
We face several technological risks associated with software product development and service delivery in our educational businesses, information technology security (including virus and hacker attacks), e-commerce, enterprise resource planning system implementations and upgrades. The failure to recruit and retain staff with relevant skills may constrain our ability to grow as we combine traditional publishing products with online and service offerings.
Operational disruption to our business caused by a major disaster and/or external threat such as Avian Flu, restricting our ability to supply products and services to our customers. |
Across all our businesses we manage complex operational and logistical arrangements including distribution centers, third-party print sites, data centers and large office facilities. Failure to recover from a major disaster, e.g. fire, flood etc, at a key facility or the disruption of supply from a key third-party vendor could restrict our ability to service our customers. Similarly external threats, such as Avian Flu, terrorist attacks, strikes etc, could all affect our business and employees, disrupting our daily business activities.
We have developed business continuity arrangements, including IT disaster recovery plans, to minimize any business disruption in the event of a major disaster. However, despite regular updates and testing of these plans there is no guarantee that our financial performance will not be adversely affected in the event of a major disaster and/or external threat to our business. Insurance coverage may minimize any losses in certain circumstances.
Investment returns outside our traditional core US and UK markets may be lower than anticipated. |
To minimize dependence on our core markets, particularly the US, we are seeking growth opportunities outside these markets, building on our existing substantial international presence. Certain markets we may target for growth are inherently more risky than our traditional markets. Political, economic, currency and corporate governance risks (including fraud) as well as unmanaged expansion are all factors which could limit our returns on investments made in these non-traditional markets.
Our reported earnings and cash flows may be adversely affected by changes in our pension costs and funding requirements. |
We operate a number of pension plans throughout the world, the principal ones being in the UK and US. The major plans are self-administered with the plans’ assets held independently of the Group. Regular valuations, conducted by independent qualified actuaries, are used to determine pension costs and funding requirements.
It is our policy to ensure that each pension plan is adequately funded, over time, to meet its ongoing and future liabilities. Our earnings and cash flows may be adversely affected by the need to provide additional funding to eliminate pension fund deficits in our defined benefit plans. Our greatest exposure relates to our UK defined benefit pension plan. Pension fund deficits have/may arise because of inadequate investment returns, increased member life expectancy, changes in actuarial assumptions and changes in pension regulations, including accounting rules and minimum funding requirements.
The latest valuation of our UK defined benefit pension plan has been completed and future funding arrangements have been agreed between the Company and the pension fund Trustee. Additional payments
12
Table of Contents
amounting to £100m will be made by the Company in 2007. We review these arrangements every three years and are confident that the pension funding plans are sufficient to meet future liabilities without unduly affecting the development of the Company.
Social, environmental and ethical risk
We consider social, environmental and ethical (SEE) risks no differently to the way we manage any other business risk. Our 2006 risk assessments did not identify any significant under-managed SEE risks, nor have any of our most important SEE risks, many concerned with reputational risk, changed year on year. These are:
• | Journalistic/author integrity; | |
• | Ethical business behavior; | |
• | Compliance with UN Global Compact principles on labor standards, human rights, environment and anti-corruption; | |
• | Environmental impact; | |
• | People; | |
• | Data privacy. |
Changes in our tax position can significantly affect our reported earnings and cash flows. |
There are several factors which may affect our reported tax rate and/or level of tax payments in the future. The most important are as follows:
• | Changes in corporate tax rates and/or other relevant tax laws in the UK and/or the US could have a material impact on our future reported tax rate and/or our future tax payments. | |
• | A material shortfall in profits of our US businesses below the level projected in our strategic plans would require us to reconsider the amount of the deferred tax asset relating to US new operating losses in our balance sheet (£126m at December 31, 2006). This could lead to a material increase in the reported tax rate. |
We generate a substantial proportion of our revenue in foreign currencies, particularly the US dollar, and foreign exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our earnings and the strength of our balance sheet.
As with any international business, our earnings can be materially affected by exchange rate movements. We are particularly exposed to movements in the US dollar to sterling exchange rate as approximately 65% of our revenue is generated in US dollars. We estimate that if 2005 average rates had prevailed in 2006, sales for 2006 would have been £44m or 1% higher. This is predominantly a currency translation risk (i.e. non-cash flow item), and not a trading risk (i.e. cash flow item), as our currency trading flows are relatively limited. Pearson generates about two-thirds of its sales in the US and each five cent change in the average £:$ exchange rate for the full year (which in 2006 was £1:$1.84 and in 2005 was £1:$1.81) would have an impact of 1p on earnings per share. We estimate that a five cent change in the closing exchange rate between the US dollar and sterling in any year could affect our shareholders’ funds by approximately £85m.
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
Pearson
Pearson is a global publishing company with its principal operations in the education, business information and consumer publishing markets. We have significant operations in the United States, where we generate over 65% of our revenues, and in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. We create and manage intellectual property, which we promote and sell to our customers under well-known brand names, to inform, educate and entertain. We deliver our content in a variety of forms and through a variety of channels,
13
Table of Contents
including books, newspapers and internet services. We increasingly offer services as well as content, from test processing to training.
Pearson was incorporated and registered in 1897 under the laws of England and Wales as a limited company and re-registered under the UK Companies Act as a public limited company in 1981. We conduct our operations primarily through our subsidiaries and other affiliates. Our principal executive offices are located at 80 Strand, London WC2R 0RL, United Kingdom (telephone: +44 (0) 20 7010 2000).
Overview of operating divisions
Although our businesses increasingly share markets, brands, processes and facilities, they consist of three core operations:
Pearson Educationis the world’s leading education company. We are a leading international publisher of textbooks, supplementary materials and electronic education programs for teachers and students of all ages, and we play a major role in the testing and certification of school students and professionals. Pearson Education consists of the following three operating segments:
• | School — publisher, provider of testing and software services for primary and secondary schools; | |
• | Higher Education — publisher of textbooks and related course materials for colleges and universities; | |
• | Professional — publisher of texts, reference and interactive products for industry professionals. Provider of various testing and service arrangements for government departments and professional bodies. |
The FT Groupis a leading provider of international business and financial news, data, comment and analysis, in print and online. The FT Group comprises the following operating segments:
• | FT Publishing — publisher of theFinancial Times, other business newspapers, magazines and financial information and intelligence; | |
• | Interactive Data (“IDC”) — provider of financial and business information to financial institutions and retail investors. |
The Penguin Groupis one of the world’s foremost English language publishers. We publish the works of many authors in an extensive portfolio of fiction, non-fiction, reference and illustrated works under imprints including Penguin, Hamish Hamilton, Putnam, Berkley, Viking and Dorling Kindersley.
Our strategy
Over the past decade we have transformed Pearson by focusing on companies which provide ‘education’ in the broadest sense of the word; companies that educate, inform and entertain. Through a combination of organic investment and acquisitions, we have built each one of our businesses into a leader in its market, and we have integrated our operations where appropriate so that our businesses can share assets, brands, processes, facilities, technology and central services.
Our goal is to produce sustainable growth on our three key financial measures — adjusted earnings per share, cash flow and return on invested capital — which we believe are, together, good indicators that we are building the long-term value of Pearson.
We do this by investing consistently in four areas, which are common to all our businesses:
• | Content: We invest steadily in unique, valuable publishing content and keep replenishing it. Over the past five years, for example, we have invested $1.6bn in new content in our education business alone. | |
• | Technology and services: We invested early and consistently in technology, believing that, in the digital world, content alone would not be enough. In 2006, we generated more than $1bn in sales from technology products and services, and our testing and assessment businesses, serving school students and professionals, made more than $1bn of sales, up from around $200m seven years ago. |
14
Table of Contents
• | International markets: Though we currently generate two-thirds of our sales in the US, our brands, content and technology-plus-services models work around the world. All parts of Pearson are investing in selected emerging markets, where the demand for information and education is growing particularly fast. | |
• | Efficiency: We have invested to become a leaner, more efficient company, through savings in our individual businesses and through a strong centralized operations structure. Over the past five years, we have increased our profit margins from 9.9% to 13.4% and reduced average working capital as a percentage of sales in Pearson Education and Penguin from 30.7% to 26.3%, freeing up cash for further investment. |
We believe this strategy can create a virtuous circle — efficiency, investment, market share gains and scale — which in turn can produce sustainable growth on our financial goals and the value of the Company.
Operating divisions
Pearson Education |
Pearson Education is one of the world’s largest publishers of textbooks and online teaching materials. It serves the growing demands of teachers, students, parents and professionals throughout the world for stimulating and effective education programs in print and online.
We report Pearson Education’s performance by the three market segments it serves: School, Higher Education and Professional. In 2006, Pearson Education had sales of £2,591m or 63% of Pearson’s total sales (2005: 62%) and contributed 68% (2005: 63%) to Pearson’s total operating profit.
School |
Our School business contains a unique mix of publishing, testing and technology products, which are increasingly integrated. It generates around two-thirds of its sales in the US.
In the US, we publish high quality curriculum programs for school students covering subjects such as reading, literature, maths, science and social studies. We publish under a range of well-known imprints that include Scott Foresman in the elementary school market and Prentice Hall in secondary. Our school testing business is the leading provider of test development, processing and scoring services to US states and the federal government, processing some 40 million tests each year. We are also the leading provider of electronic learning programs for schools, and of ‘Student Information Systems’ technology which enables schools and districts to record and manage information about student attendance and performance.
In the US, more than 90% of government funds for schools comes from state or local government, with the remainder coming from federal sources. Our School company’s major customers are state education boards and local school districts.
Outside the US, we publish school materials in local languages in a number of countries. We are the world’s leading provider of English Language Teaching materials for children and adults, published under the well-known Longman imprint. We are also a leading provider of testing, assessment and qualification services. Our key markets outside the US include Canada, the UK, Australia, Italy, Spain, South Africa, Hong Kong and the Middle East.
Higher Education |
Pearson Education is the United States’ largest publisher, by sales, of textbooks and related course materials for colleges and universities. We publish across all of the main fields of study with imprints such as Pearson Prentice Hall, Pearson Addison Wesley, Pearson Allyn & Bacon and Pearson Benjamin Cummings. Typically, professors or other instructors select or ‘adopt’ the textbooks and online resources they recommend for their students, which students then purchase either in a bookstore or online. Today the majority of our textbooks are accompanied by online services which include homework and assessment tools, study guides and course management systems that enable professors to create online courses. We have also introduced new
15
Table of Contents
formats such as downloadable audio study guides and electronic textbooks which are sold on subscription. In addition, we have a fast-growing custom publishing business which works with professors to produce textbooks and online resources specifically adapted for their particular course. In 2006, our Higher Education business generated approximately 80% of its sales in the US. Outside the US, we adapt our textbooks and technology services for individual markets, and we have a growing local publishing program. Our key markets outside the US include Canada, the UK, Benelux, Mexico, Germany, Hong Kong, Taiwan and Malaysia.
Professional |
Our Professional education businesses publish educational materials and provide testing and qualifications services for adults. Our publishing imprints include Addison Wesley Professional, Prentice Hall PTR, and Cisco Press (for IT professionals), Peachpit Press and New Riders Press (graphics and design professionals), Que/ Sams (consumer and professional imprint) and Prentice Hall Financial Times (for the business education market). We have a fast-growing Professional Testing business, Pearson VUE, which manages major long-term contracts to provide qualification and assessment services through its network of test centers around the world. Key customers include major technology companies, the Graduate Management Admissions Council, the National Association of Securities Dealers and the UK’s Driving Standards Agency. We also provide a range of data collection and management services, including scanners, to a wide range of customers. In December 2006, the Group announced that it had agreed to sell Pearson Government Solutions to Veritas Capital, a private equity firm. This operation is disclosed as discontinued in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. The assets and liabilities of Pearson Government Solutions have been reclassified to non-current assets held for sale in the Group’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as at December 31, 2006.
The FT Group |
The FT Group provides a broad range of data, analysis and services to an audience of internationally-minded business people and financial institutions. In 2006, the FT Group had sales of £698m, or 17% of Pearson’s total sales (2005: 17%), and contributed 21% of Pearson’s operating profit (2005: 25%).
It has two major parts: FT Publishing, our network of international and national business newspapers and online services; and Interactive Data Corporation, our 62%-owned financial information company.
FT Publishing |
TheFinancial Timesis the world’s leading international daily business newspaper. Its average daily circulation of 430,469 copies in December 2006, as reported by the Audit Bureau of Circulation, is split as follows:
United Kingdom/ Republic of Ireland | 31 | % | ||
Continental Europe | 27 | % | ||
Americas | 31 | % | ||
Asia | 9 | % | ||
Rest of the World | 2 | % |
In 2006, approximately 70% of the FT’s revenues were generated through advertising. The FT also sells content and advertising online through FT.com. FT.com charges subscribers for detailed industry news, comment and analysis, while providing general news and market data to a wider audience.
FT Publishing also includes: FT Business, which publishes specialist information on the retail, personal and institutional finance industries through titles includingInvestors Chronicle,Money Management,Financial AdviserandThe Banker; Les Echos, France’s leading business newspaper, and a number of joint ventures and associates in business publishing.
16
Table of Contents
In August 2006, the Financial Times acquired Mergermarket, an online financial data and intelligence provider. The acquisition strengthens the FT Group, adding proprietary content, a premium customer base, reliable growth from new revenue sources and attractive financial characteristics to the organization.
Interactive Data Corporation |
Interactive Data Corporation is a leading provider of financial market data, analytics and related services to financial institutions, active traders and individual investors. The company’s businesses supply time-sensitive pricing, evaluations and reference data for more than 3.5 million securities traded around the world, including hard-to-value instruments such as illiquid bonds. We own 62% of Interactive Data Corporation; the remaining 38% is publicly traded.
Recoletos |
On April 8, 2005, the Group completed the sale to Retos Catera S.A. of our 79% stake in Recoletos, a publicly quoted Spanish media Group, for gross proceeds of€743m. Net cash proceeds of £371m were received resulting in a profit on disposal of £306m.
Joint Ventures and Associates |
As at 2006 year-end, the FT Group also had a number of associates and joint ventures, including:
• | 50% interest in The Economist Group, publisher of the world’s leading weekly business and current affairs magazine. | |
• | 50% interest inFT Deutschland, a German language business newspaper with a fully integrated online business news, analysis and data service. | |
• | 50% interest in FTSE International, a joint venture with the London Stock Exchange, which publishes a wide range of global indices, including the important FTSE index. | |
• | 33% interest inVedomosti, a leading Russian business newspaper. | |
• | 50% interest inBusiness DayandFinancial Mail, publishers of South Africa’s leading financial newspaper and magazine. | |
• | 14% interest inBusiness Standard, one of India’s leading business newspapers. |
The Penguin Group |
Penguin is one of the world’s premier English language book publishers. We publish an extensive backlist and frontlist of titles, including fiction and non-fiction, literary prize winners, commercial bestsellers, classics and children’s titles. We rank in the top three consumer publishers, based upon sales, in all major English speaking and related markets — the US, the UK, Australia, New Zealand, Canada, India and South Africa.
Penguin publishes under many imprints including, in the adult market, Allen Lane, Avery, Berkley Books, Dorling Kindersley, Dutton, Hamish Hamilton, Michael Joseph, Plume, Putnam, Riverhead and Viking. Our leading children’s imprints include Puffin, Ladybird, Warne and Grosset & Dunlap. In 2006, Penguin had sales of £848m, representing 20% of Pearson’s total sales (2005: 21%) and contributed 11% of Pearson’s operating profit (2005: 12%). Its largest market is the US, which generated around 60% of Penguin’s sales in 2006. The Penguin Group earns around 99% of its revenues from the sale of hard cover and paperback books. The balance comes from audio books and from the sale and licensing of intellectual property rights, such as the Beatrix Potter series of fictional characters, and acting as a book distributor for a number of smaller publishing houses.
We sell directly to bookshops and through wholesalers. Retail bookshops normally maintain relationships with both publishers and wholesalers and use the channel that best serves the specific requirements of an order. We also sell online through third parties such as Amazon.com.
17
Table of Contents
Operating cycles
Pearson determines a normal operating cycle separately for each entity/cash generating unit within the Group with distinct economic characteristics. The “normal operating cycle” for each of the Group’s education businesses is primarily based on the expected period over which the educational programs and titles will generate cash flows, and also takes account of the time it takes to produce the educational programs.
Particularly for the US School and Higher Education businesses, which represent more than 50% (by sales) of our education publishing businesses, there are well established cycles operating in the market:
• | The School market is primarily driven by an adoption cycle in which major state education boards ‘adopt’ programs and provide funding to schools for the purchase of these programs. There is an established and published adoption cycle with new adoptions taking place on average every 5 years for a particular subject. Once adopted, a program will typically sell over the course of the subsequent 5 years. The Company renews its pre-publication assets to meet the market adoption cycles. Therefore the operating cycle naturally follows the market cycle. | |
• | The Higher Education market has a similar pattern, with colleges and professors typically refreshing their courses and selecting revised programs on a regular basis, often in line with the release of new editions or new technology offerings. The Company renews its pre-publication assets to meet the typical demand for new editions of, or revisions to, educational programs. Analysis of historical data shows that the average life cycle of Higher Education content is 5 years. Again the operating cycle mirrors the market cycle. |
A development phase of typically 12 to 18 months for Higher Education and up to 24 months for School precedes the period during which the Company receives and delivers against orders for the products it has developed for the program.Non-US markets operate in a similar way although often with less formal ‘adoption’ processes.
The operating cycles in respect of the Professional and Penguin segments are more specialized in nature as they relate to educational or heavy reference products released into smaller markets (e.g. the financial training, IT and travel sectors). Nevertheless, in these markets, there is still a regular cycle of product renewal, in line with demand which management monitor. Typically the life cycle is 5 years for Professional content and 4 years for Penguin content.
Competition
All of Pearson’s businesses operate in highly competitive environments.
Pearson Education competes with other publishers and creators of educational materials and services. These companies include large international companies, such asMcGraw-Hill, Reed Elsevier, Houghton Mifflin Riverdeep Group and Thomson alongside smaller niche players that specialize in a particular academic discipline or focus on a learning technology. Competition is based on the ability to deliver quality products and services that address the specified curriculum needs and appeal to the school boards, educators and government officials making purchasing decisions.
The FT Group’s newspapers, magazines and websites compete with newspapers and other information sources, such asThe Wall Street Journal, by offering timely and expert analysis and insight. It competes for advertisers with other forms of media based on the ability to offer an effective means for advertisers to reach their target audience. IDC competes with Reuters, Bloomberg and Thomson Financial on a global basis for the provision of financial data to the back office. In Europe Telekurs is also a direct competitor for these services.
The Penguin Group competes with other publishers of fiction and non-fiction books. Principal competitors include Random House, HarperCollins, and Hachette Livre. Publishers compete by developing a portfolio of books by established authors and by seeking out and promoting talented new writers.
18
Table of Contents
Intellectual property
Our principal intellectual property assets consist of our trademarks and other rights in our brand names, particularly theFinancial Timesand the various imprints of Penguin and Pearson Education, as well as all copyrights in our content and our patents held in the testing business in the name of Pearson NCS. We believe we have taken all appropriate available legal steps to protect our intellectual property in all relevant jurisdictions.
Raw materials
Paper is the principal raw material used by each of Pearson Education, the FT Group and the Penguin Group. We purchase most of our paper through our central purchasing department located in the United States. We have not experienced and do not anticipate difficulty in obtaining adequate supplies of paper for our operations, with sourcing available from numerous suppliers. While local prices fluctuate depending upon local market conditions, we have not experienced extensive volatility in fulfilling paper requirements. In the event of a sharp increase in paper prices, we have a number of alternatives to minimize the impact on our operating margins, including modifying the grades of paper used in production.
Government regulation
The manufacture of certain of our products in various markets is subject to governmental regulation relating to the discharge of materials into the environment. Our operations are also subject to the risks and uncertainties attendant to doing business in numerous countries. Some of the countries in which we conduct these operations maintain controls on the repatriation of earnings and capital and restrict the means available to us for hedging potential currency fluctuation risks. The operations that are affected by these controls, however, are not material to us. Accordingly, these controls have not significantly affected our international operations. Regulatory authorities may have enforcement powers that could have an impact on us. We believe, however, that we have taken and continue to take measures to comply with all applicable laws and governmental regulations in the jurisdictions where we operate so that the risk of these sanctions does not represent a material threat to us.
Licenses, patents and contracts
We are not dependent upon any particular licenses, patents or new manufacturing processes that are material to our business or profitability. Likewise, we are not materially dependent upon any contracts with suppliers or customers, including contracts of an industrial, commercial or financial nature.
Recent developments
On February 15, 2007 the Group completed the disposal of Pearson Government Solutions, its Government services business, to Veritas Capital. Sale proceeds consist of $560m in cash, $40m in preferred stock and 10% of the equity of the business. The Group expects to report a post tax loss on the disposal, as the capital gain for tax purposes will exceed any book gain.
On September 30, 2006, the Group acquired 100% of the voting rights of Mergermarket, a financial information company providing information to financial institutions, corporations and their advisers. In addition, several other businesses were acquired in 2006 including Promissor, Paravia Bruno Mondadori (PBM), National Evaluation Systems (NES), PowerSchool and Chancery in the Education business and Quote.com in IDC.
On July 22, 2005, Pearson acquired 100% of the voting rights of AGS Publishing, an educational assessments and curriculum materials publisher.
In addition, several other businesses were acquired in the current and prior years, none of which were individually material to the Group.
19
Table of Contents
Organizational structure
Pearson plc is a holding company which conducts its business primarily through subsidiaries and other affiliates throughout the world. Below is a list of our significant subsidiaries as at December 31, 2006, including name, country of incorporation or residence, proportion of ownership interest and, if different, proportion of voting power held.
Percentage | ||||||
interest/voting | ||||||
Name | Country of incorporation/residence | power | ||||
Pearson Education | ||||||
Pearson Education Inc | United States (Delaware) | 100% | ||||
Pearson Education Ltd | England and Wales | 100% | ||||
NCS Pearson Inc | United States (Minnesota) | 100% | ||||
FT Group | ||||||
The Financial Times Limited | England and Wales | 100% | ||||
Financial Times Business Ltd | England and Wales | 100% | ||||
Mergermarket Ltd | England and Wales | 100% | ||||
Interactive Data Corporation | United States (Delaware) | 62% | ||||
Les Echos SA | France | 100% | ||||
The Penguin Group | ||||||
Penguin Group (USA) Inc | United States (Delaware) | 100% | ||||
The Penguin Publishing Co Ltd | England and Wales | 100% | ||||
Dorling Kindersley Holdings Ltd | England and Wales | 100% |
Property, plant and equipment
Our headquarters are located at leasehold premises in London, England. We own or lease approximately 650 properties in more than 50 countries worldwide, the majority of which are located in the United Kingdom and the United States.
All of the properties owned and leased by us are suitable for their respective purposes and are in good operating condition. These properties consist mainly of offices, distribution centers and computer centers.
The vast majority of our printing is carried out by third party suppliers. We operate two small digital print operations as part of our Pearson Assessment and Testing businesses. These operations provide short-run and print-on-demand products, typically custom client applications.
We own the following principal properties:
General use of property | Location | Area in square feet | ||||
Warehouse | Pittstown, Pennsylvania, USA | 510,000 | ||||
Warehouse | Kirkwood, New York, USA | 409,000 | ||||
Offices | Iowa City, Iowa, USA | 310,000 | ||||
Offices | Old Tappan, New Jersey, USA | 210,112 | ||||
Warehouse/ Offices | Cedar Rapids, Iowa, USA | 205,000 | ||||
Warehouse/ Offices | Reading, Massachusetts, USA | 177,822 | ||||
Offices | London, UK | 155,000 | ||||
Printing/ Processing | Owatonna, Minnesota, USA | 128,000 | ||||
Printing/ Processing | Columbia, Pennsylvania, USA | 121,370 | ||||
Offices | Eagan, Minnesota, USA | 109,500 | ||||
Offices | Mesa, Arizona, USA | 96,000 |
20
Table of Contents
We lease the following principal properties:
General use of property | Location | Area in square feet | ||||
Warehouses/Offices | Lebanon, Indiana, USA | 1,091,435 | ||||
Offices | Cranbury, New Jersey, USA | 886,747 | ||||
Warehouse/Offices | Indianapolis, Indiana, USA | 737,850 | ||||
Warehouse/Offices | Newmarket, Ontario, Canada | 518,128 | ||||
Offices | Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, USA | 474,801 | ||||
Warehouse/Offices | Rugby, UK | 446,077 | ||||
Offices | Hudson St., New York, USA | 431,278 | ||||
Offices | London, UK | 282,917 | ||||
Warehouse/Offices | Austin, Texas, USA | 226,076 | ||||
Offices | Boston, Massachusetts, USA | 225,299 | ||||
Warehouse | Scoresby, Victoria, Australia | 215,820 | ||||
Offices | Boston, Massachusetts, USA | 191,360 | ||||
Offices | Glenview, Illinois, USA | 187,500 | ||||
Offices | Bloomington, Minnesota, USA | 153,240 | ||||
Offices | Parsippany, New Jersey, USA | 143,777 | ||||
Offices | Harlow, UK | 137,900 | ||||
Offices | Chester, Virginia, USA | 123,200 | ||||
Warehouse/Offices | Quarry Bay, Hong Kong | 121,748 | ||||
Warehouse | San Antonio Zomeyucan, Mexico | 113,638 | ||||
Offices | London, UK | 112,000 | ||||
Offices | New York, New York, USA | 107,939 | ||||
Offices | Lawrence Kansas, Kansas, USA | 105,000 |
Capital Expenditures
See Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for description of the Company’s capital expenditures.
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
There are no unresolved staff comments.
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
The following discussion and analysis is based on and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differs in certain significant respects from US GAAP. Note 36 to our consolidated financial statements, included in “Item 17. Financial Statements”, provides a description of the significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP as they relate to our business and provides a reconciliation to US GAAP.
General overview
Introduction |
Sales from continuing operations increased from £3,808m in 2005 to £4,137m in 2006, an increase of 9%. The increase reflected growth across all the businesses together with additional contributions from acquisitions made in both 2005 and 2006. The year on year growth was impacted by exchange rates, in particular the US dollar. The average US dollar exchange rate weakened in 2006, which had the effect of reducing reported sales
21
Table of Contents
in 2006 by £44m when compared to the equivalent figure at constant 2005 rates. Reported operating profit increased by 5% from £516m in 2005 to £540m in 2006. All parts of the Group contributed to the operating profit increase through good sales growth and improved margins which more than offset an increased charge for intangible amortization. Included within operating profit in 2005 was the profit on the sale of MarketWatch of £40m. There were no equivalent disposals in 2006. Reported operating profit in 2006 was £7m lower than the equivalent figure reported at constant 2005 exchange rates.
Profit before taxation in 2006 of £466m compares to a profit before taxation of £446m in 2005. The increase of £20m reflects the improved operating performance offset by a small increase in net finance costs. Net finance costs increased from £70m in 2005 to £74m in 2006. The Group’s net interest payable increased by £17m in 2006 due to the strong rise in US dollar floating interest rates and an increase in the Group’s average net debt largely reflecting the cost of acquisitions made in 2006. Partially offsetting this effect was finance income relating to post retirement plans of £4m in 2006 compared to a cost of £7m in 2005. The adoption of IAS 39‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’in our financial statements as at January 1, 2005 has the potential to introduce increased volatility into the net finance cost although the effect in 2006 was not significantly different from that in 2005. IAS 39 related items and foreign exchange gains and losses together reduced net finance costs by £16m in 2006 compared to a reduction of £14m in 2005.
In December 2006 the Group announced the sale of its Government contracting business, Pearson Government Solutions. The sale was completed in February 2007 and the results of this business have been shown in discontinued operations in the consolidated income statement for 2006, 2005 and 2004. In 2005 the Group sold its 79% interest in Recoletos Grupo de Comunicacion S.A. The results of Recoletos have been consolidated for the period to February 28, 2005 and have been shown as discontinued operations in the consolidated income statement for 2005 and 2004.
Net cash generated from operating activities decreased to £456m in 2006 from £487m in 2005. Cash generation in 2006 would have shown an improvement on 2005 but for the relative weakness of the US dollar which reduced the value of our cash flows in sterling. On an average basis, the use of working capital continued to improve. Capital expenditure in 2006 was in line with 2005 levels at constant exchange rates. The net cash outflow in respect of businesses acquired increased from £246m in 2005 to £363m in 2006. There were no significant disposals in 2006 to match the proceeds received from the sale of Recoletos and Marketwatch in 2005 resulting in a decrease in cash proceeds from disposals of £420m. Dividends from joint ventures and associates increased by £31m largely due to special dividends received from the Economist. Dividends paid of £235m in 2006 (including £15m paid to minority interests) compares to £222m in 2005. After a favorable currency movement of £126m, overall net borrowings increased by 6% from £996m at the end of 2005 to £1,059m at the end of 2006.
Outlook |
Pearson reported record results in 2006 and our strong trading has continued in the early part of 2007. We have made a good start in the major school textbook adoptions; continued to roll out our groundbreaking online learning and assessment platforms in Higher Education; published a string of bestsellers in Penguin; and achieved steady growth in both advertising and circulation at FT Publishing.
We are trading in line with expectations for 2007 and expect to achieve good underlying earnings growth, cash conversion ahead of our 80% threshold, and a further increase in return on invested capital. As always, our sales and profits will be concentrated in the second half of the year.
Our expectations for the full year remain:
Pearson Education |
School to achieve underlying sales growth in the4-6% range with margins improving; Higher Education sales to grow in the3-5% range with stable margins; Professional revenues to be broadly level with margins improving;
22
Table of Contents
FT Group |
Financial Times Group profit to grow strongly with our cost measures, integration actions and revenue diversification pushing margins into double digits at FT Publishing. IDC revenues to grow in the6-9% range with net income growth in the high single-digits to low double-digits (headline growth under US GAAP);
The Penguin Group |
Penguin margins to improve further, as its publishing investment and efficiency programs continue to bear fruit.
Sales information by operating division |
The following table shows sales information for each of the past three years by operating division:
Year ended December 31 | |||||||||||||
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | |||||||||||
Education: | |||||||||||||
School | 1,455 | 1,295 | 1,087 | ||||||||||
Higher Education | 795 | 779 | 729 | ||||||||||
Professional | 341 | 301 | 290 | ||||||||||
FT Group: | |||||||||||||
FT Publishing | 366 | 332 | 318 | ||||||||||
IDC | 332 | 297 | 269 | ||||||||||
Penguin | 848 | 804 | 786 | ||||||||||
Total | 4,137 | 3,808 | 3,479 | ||||||||||
Sales information by geographic market supplied |
The following table shows sales information for each of the past three years by geographic region:
Year ended December 31 | |||||||||||||
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | |||||||||||
European countries | 1,089 | 951 | 820 | ||||||||||
North America | 2,642 | 2,451 | 2,309 | ||||||||||
Asia Pacific | 298 | 300 | 263 | ||||||||||
Other countries | 108 | 106 | 87 | ||||||||||
Total | 4,137 | 3,808 | 3,479 | ||||||||||
Exchange rate fluctuations |
We earn a significant proportion of our sales and profits in overseas currencies, principally the US dollar. Sales and profits are translated into sterling in the consolidated financial statements using average rates. The average rate used for the US dollar was $1.84 in 2006, $1.81 in 2005, and $1.83 in 2004. Fluctuations in exchange rates can have a significant impact on our reported sales and profits. Pearson generates approximately 65% of its sales in the US. We estimate that a five cent change in the closing exchange rate between the US dollar and sterling in any year could affect our reported earnings per share by 1p and shareholders’ funds by approximately £85m. See “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for more information. Theyear-end US dollar rate for 2006 was £1:$1.96 compared to £1:$1.72 for 2005. The weakening in the US dollar reduced our shareholders’ funds by £417m (see note 27 of “Item 17. Financial
23
Table of Contents
Statements”) in 2006. Theyear-end rate for 2005 was £1:$1.72 compared to £1:$1.92 for 2004 resulting in an increase in shareholders’ funds of £327m in 2005.
Critical accounting policies |
Our consolidated financial statements, included in “Item 17. Financial Statements”, are prepared based on the accounting policies described in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. These financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differs in certain significant respects from US GAAP.
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, and the reconciliation of these financial statements to US GAAP as described in note 36, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the carrying value of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of sales and expenses during the periods reported in these financial statements. Certain of our accounting policies require the application of management judgment in selecting assumptions when making significant estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and other assumptions that it believes are reasonable.
We believe that the following are the more critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that could have a significant impact on our future consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows. Actual results could differ from estimates.
Revenue recognition |
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services net ofvalue-added tax and other sales taxes, rebates and discounts, and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognized as follows:
Revenue from the sale of books is recognized when title passes. A provision for anticipated returns is made based primarily on historical return rates. If these estimates do not reflect actual returns in future periods then revenues could be understated or overstated for a particular period.
Circulation and advertising revenue is recognized when the newspaper or other publication is published. Subscription revenue is recognized on astraight-line basis over the life of the subscription.
Where a contractual arrangement consists of two or more elements that can be provided to customers either on astand-alone basis or as an optional extra and fair value exists for each separate element, such as the provision of supplementary materials with textbooks, revenue in such multiple element arrangements is recognized when each product has been delivered and all other relevant revenue recognition criteria are achieved.
Revenue from multi-year contractual arrangements, such as contracts to process qualifying tests for individual professions and government departments, is recognized as performance occurs. The assumptions, risks, and uncertainties inherent inlong-term contract accounting can affect the amounts and timing of revenue and related expenses reported. Certain of these arrangements, either as a result of a single service spanning more than one reporting period or where the contract requires the provision of a number of services that together constitute a single project, are treated aslong-term contracts with revenues recognized on a percentage of completion basis. Losses on contracts are recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes foreseeable. Contract losses are determined to be the amount by which estimated direct and indirect costs of the contract exceed the estimated total revenues that will be generated by the contract.
On certain contracts, where the Group acts as agent, only commissions and fees receivable for services rendered are recognized as revenue. Any third party costs incurred on behalf of the principal that are rechargeable under the contractual arrangement are not included in revenue.
24
Table of Contents
Pre-publication assets |
Pre-publication costs represent direct costs incurred in the development of educational programs and titles prior to their publication. These costs are recognized as current intangible assets where the title will generate probable future economic benefits within their normal operating cycle and costs can be measured reliably.Pre-publication assets are amortized upon publication of the title over estimated economic lives of five years or less, being the estimated expected operating life cycle of the title, usually with a higher proportion of the amortization taken in the earlier years. The investment inpre-publication has been disclosed as part of the cash generated from operating activities in the cash flow statement. The assessment of the recoverability ofpre-publication assets and the determination of the amortization profile involve a significant degree of judgment based on historical trends and management estimation of their future potential sales. An incorrect amortization profile could result in excess amounts being carried forward as intangible assets that would otherwise have been written off to the income statement in an earlier period. Reviews are performed regularly to estimate recoverability ofpre-publication costs.
Royalty advances |
Advances of royalties to authors are included within trade and other receivables when the advance is paid less any provision required to bring the amount down to its net realizable value. The realizable value of royalty advances relies on a degree of management judgment in determining the profitability of individual author contracts. If the estimated realizable value of author contracts is overstated then this will have an adverse effect on operating profits as these excess amounts will be written off. The recoverability of royalty advances is based upon an annual detailed management review of the age of the advance, the future sales projections for new authors and prior sales history of repeat authors. The royalty advance is expensed at the contracted or effective royalty rate as the related revenues are earned. Royalty advances which will be consumed within one year are held in current assets. Royalty advances which will be consumed after one year are held innon-current assets.
Defined benefit pension obligations |
The liability in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date minus the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting estimated future cash flows using yields on high quality corporate bonds which have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related liability.
The determination of the pension cost and defined benefit obligation of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes depends on the selection of certain assumptions (see note 24 in “Item 17 — Financial Statements”) which include the discount rate, inflation rate, salary growth, longevity and expected return on scheme assets. Differences arising from actual experience or future changes in assumptions will be reflected in subsequent periods (actuarial gains and losses).
Actuarial gains and losses arising from differences between actual and expected returns on plan assets, experience adjustments on liabilities and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognized immediately in the statement of recognized income and expense.
The service cost, representing benefits accruing over the year, is included as an operating cost and the unwinding of the discount rate on the scheme liabilities and the expected return on scheme assets as a financing charge or financing income.
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an expense in the income statement as incurred.
Income taxes |
Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred
25
Table of Contents
income tax is determined using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.
Deferred income tax is provided in respect of the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries, other than where it is intended that those undistributed earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax is recognized in the income statement, except when the tax relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the tax is also recognized in equity.
The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the estimates in relation to the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities require management judgment in determining the amounts to be recognized. In particular, significant judgment is used when assessing the extent to which deferred tax assets should be recognized with consideration given to the timing and level of future taxable income together with any future tax planning strategies.
Goodwill |
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary or associate at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates is included in investments in associates. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units have been determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.
IFRS and US GAAP |
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which differs in certain significant respects from US GAAP. Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company and equity shareholders’ funds under IFRS and US GAAP were as follows for the respective period:
Year ended December 31 | |||||||||||||
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | |||||||||||
Profit for the year | |||||||||||||
IFRS | 446 | 624 | 262 | ||||||||||
US GAAP | 341 | 411 | 182 | ||||||||||
Equity shareholders’ funds | |||||||||||||
IFRS | 3,476 | 3,564 | |||||||||||
US GAAP | 3,581 | 3,838 |
The main differences between IFRS and US GAAP relate to goodwill and intangible assets, acquisition and disposal adjustments, derivatives, pensions, stock based compensation and taxation. These differences are
26
Table of Contents
discussed in further detail under “ — Accounting Principles” and in note 36 to the consolidated financial statements.
Results of operations
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005 |
Consolidated results of operations |
Sales |
Our total sales from continuing operations increased by £329m, or 9%, to £4,137m in 2006, from £3,808m in 2005. The increase reflected growth across all the businesses together with additional contributions from acquisitions made in both 2005 and 2006. The year on year growth was impacted by movements in exchange rates, particularly in the US dollar. We estimate that had the 2005 average rates prevailed in 2006, sales would have been approximately £4,181m.
Pearson Education had another strong year with an increase in sales of 9%. The School business was the biggest contributor to this growth with an increase of 12%. Some of the School increase was due to the contribution from acquisitions made in 2006 and 2005 but we estimate that after excluding these acquisitions and restating at constant exchange rates that the growth would have been 6%. US School publishing sales were up 3% compared to an industry decline of 6% (source: Association of American Publishers) and the business took a leading share of the new US adoption market. School testing sales continued to improve even after growth in US school testing revenues of more than 20% in 2005. Higher Education growth was more modest at 2% in total but was up 4% in the US. Pearson’s US Higher Education business has grown faster than the industry for eight straight years. In the Professional business, sales increased 13%, with testing sales ahead by more than 30% in 2006 following the successful start up of new contracts and a contribution from the newly acquired Promissor business. Professional publishing sales declined again in 2006 due to the continuedindustry-wide weakness intechnology-related publishing.
The FT Group sales were 11% ahead of last year. FT Publishing sales were up by 10% driven by higher advertising revenues at theFinancial Times particularly in the online, luxury goods and corporate finance categories. IDC sales were up by 12% with consistent organic growth and aided by contributions from the acquisition of IS.Teledata(re-branded Interactive Data Managed Solutions) and Quote.com.
Penguin’s sales grew by 5% with a record number of best sellers in the US and UK, an increase in market share in the UK and continued success with the premium paperback format in the US.
Pearson Education, our largest business sector, accounted for 63% of our continuing business sales in 2006, compared to 62% in 2005. North America continued to be the most significant source of our sales and as a proportion of total continuing sales contributed 64% in both 2006 and 2005.
Cost of goods sold and operating expenses |
The following table summarizes our cost of sales and net operating expenses:
Year ended | |||||||||
December 31 | |||||||||
2006 | 2005 | ||||||||
£m | £m | ||||||||
Cost of goods sold | 1,917 | 1,787 | |||||||
Distribution costs | 299 | 292 | |||||||
Administration and other expenses | 1,504 | 1,351 | |||||||
Other operating income | (99 | ) | (84 | ) | |||||
Total | 1,704 | 1,559 | |||||||
27
Table of Contents
Cost of goods sold. Cost of sales consists of costs for raw materials, primarily paper, printing and binding costs, amortization ofpre-publication costs and royalty charges. Our cost of sales increased by £130m, or 7%, to £1,917m in 2006, from £1,787m in 2005. The increase mainly reflected the increase in sales over the period although the overall gross margin also increased slightly from 53% in 2005 to 54% in 2006.
Distribution costs. Distribution costs consist primarily of shipping costs, postage and packing and are typically a fairly constant percentage of sales.
Administration and other expenses. Our administration and other expenses increased by £153m, or 11%, to £1,504m in 2006, from £1,351m in 2005. As a percentage of sales they increased to 36% in 2006, from 35% in 2005. The increase in administration and other costs comes principally from additional employee benefit expense, additional property costs and increased intangible amortization.
Other operating income. Other operating income mainly consists of freight recharges,sub-rights and licensing income and distribution commissions. Other operating income increased 18% to £99m in 2006 from £84m in 2005, with the increase mainly due to profits made on the disposal of a building. See “Item 17. Financial Statements” note 36 (ix) for the treatment under US GAAP.
Other net gains and losses |
Profits or losses on the sale of businesses, associates and investments that are included in our continuing operations are reported as “other net gains and losses”. In 2005 the only item in this category was the £40m profit on the sale of our associate interest in MarketWatch. In 2006, there were no similar gains or losses.
Share of results of joint ventures and associates |
The contribution from our joint ventures and associates increased from £14m in 2005 to £24m in 2006. The increase was mainly due to an increase in circulation and revenue at The Economist Group, who also recorded a gain on sale of its investment in Commonwealth Business Media Inc. There was also further reduction in losses at FT Deutschland.
Operating profit |
The total operating profit increased by £24m, or 5%, to £540m in 2006 from £516m in 2005. This increase was due to increases across all the businesses, after taking account of theone-off gain from the sale of MarketWatch at FT Publishing of £40m in 2005 and a charge of £7m in 2006 at Penguin relating to an adjustment to goodwill following recognition ofpre-acquisition tax losses. We estimate that had the 2005 average rates prevailed in 2006, operating profit would have been £7m higher.
Operating profit attributable to Pearson Education increased by £42m, or 13%, to £365m in 2006, from £323m in 2005. The increase was due to continued improvement in School margins, the profit impact of strong sales and cost reductions in technology publishing in Professional testing. Operating profit attributable to the FT Group decreased by £16m, or 12%, to £117m in 2006, from £133m in 2005. This decrease was attributable to the absence in 2006 of the £40m profit from the sale of MarketWatch that was recorded in 2005. After excluding this item profits increased by £24m, £7m at IDC and £17m at FT Publishing. The FT Publishing increase reflected thepick-up in advertising revenues. Operating profit attributable to the Penguin Group decreased by £2m, or 3%, to £58m in 2006, from £60m in 2005. The decrease was attributable to an adjustment to goodwill of £7m caused by the recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses relating to the acquisition of Dorling Kindersley in 2000.
Net finance costs |
Net finance costs increased from £70m in 2005 to £74m in 2006. Net interest payable in 2006 was £94m, up from £77m in 2005. Although we were partly protected by our fixed rate policy, the strong rise in average US dollar floating interest rates had an adverse effect. Year on year, average three month LIBOR (weighted for the Group’s borrowings in US dollars, euros and sterling at the year end) rose by 1.5% to 4.9%. Combining the rate rise with an increase in the Group’s average net debt of £40m, the Group’s average net interest rate
28
Table of Contents
payable rose by 1.1% to 7.0%. In 2006 the net finance income relating topost-retirement plans was an income of £4m compared to a cost of £7m in the previous year. Other net finance income relating to foreign exchange andshort-term fluctuations in the market value of financial instruments remained fairly constant year on year with a £16m gain in 2006 compared to a £14m gain in 2005. For a more detailed discussion of our borrowings and interest expenses see “ — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital Resources” and “ — Borrowings” below and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.
Taxation |
The total tax charge in 2006 of £11m represents just over 2% ofpre-tax profits compared to a charge of £116m or 26% ofpre-tax profits in 2005. The low tax rate in 2006 was mainly accounted for by two factors. First, in the light of the announcement of the disposal of Government Solutions, we were able to recognize a deferred tax asset in relation to capital losses in the US where previously we were not confident that the benefit of the losses would be realized prior to their expiry. Second, in light of our trading performance in 2006 and our strategic plans, together with the expected utilization of US net operating losses in the Government Solutions sale, we havere-evaluated the likely utilization of operating losses both in the US and the UK; this has enabled us to increase the amount of the deferred tax asset carried forward in respect of such losses. The combined effect of these two factors was to create anon-recurring credit of £127m.
Minority interests |
Following the disposal of our 79% holding in Recoletos and the purchase of the remaining 25% minority stake in Edexcel in 2005, our minority interests now comprise mainly the minority share in IDC. In January 2006 we increased our stake in IDC reducing the minority interest from 39% to 38%.
Discontinued operations |
In December 2006 the Group announced the sale of its Government contracting business, Pearson Government Solutions. The sale was completed in February 2007 and the results of this business have been shown in discontinued operations in the consolidated income statement in both 2006 and 2005. Operating profit for Government solutions in 2006 was £22m compared to £20m in 2005. Following the disposal of Recoletos in 2005 its results were consolidated for the period up to February 28, 2005 and included in discontinued operations in 2005. The results for 2005 include an operating loss for the two months to February 28, 2005 of £3m. Thepre-tax profit on disposal of Recoletos reported in 2005 was £306m.
Profit for the year |
The total profit for the year in 2006 was £469m compared to a profit in 2005 of £644m. The overall decrease of £175m was to the absence of the profits on disposal of Recoletos and MarketWatch reported in 2005. After taking account of these disposals there was an increase in profit in 2006 due to improvement in operating profits and the sharp reduction in tax due to the recognition of losses in 2006.
Earnings per ordinary share |
The basic earnings per ordinary share, which is defined as the profit for the financial year divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue, was 55.9p in 2006 compared to 78.2p in 2005 based on a weighted average number of shares in issue of 798.4m in 2006 and 797.9m in 2005. The decrease in earnings per share was due to the additional profit for 2005 described above and was not significantly affected by the movement in the weighted average number of shares.
The diluted earnings per ordinary share of 55.8p in 2006 and 78.1p in 2005 was not significantly different from the basic earnings per share in those years as the effect of dilutive share options was again not significant.
29
Table of Contents
Exchange rate fluctuations |
The weakening of the US dollar against sterling on an average basis had a negative impact on reported sales and profits in 2006 compared to 2005. We estimate that if 2005 average rates had prevailed in 2006, sales would have been higher by £44m and operating profit would have been higher by £7m. See “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for a discussion regarding our management of exchange rate risks.
Sales and operating profit by division |
The following tables summarize our sales and operating profit for each of Pearson’s divisions. Adjusted operating profit is anon-GAAP measure and is included as it is a key financial measure used by management to evaluate performance and allocate resources to business segments, as reported under FAS 131. See also note 2 of “Item 17. Financial Statements”.
In our adjusted operating profit we have excluded amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles, other gains and losses and other net finance costs of associates. The amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles is the amortization or subsequent impairment of intangible assets acquired through business combinations. The charge is not considered to be fully reflective of the underlying performance of the Group. Other gains and losses represent profits and losses on the sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and investments that are included within continuing operations but which distort the performance for the year.
Adjusted operating profit enables management to more easily track the underlying operational performance of the Group. A reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted operating profit for continuing operations is included in the tables below:
Year Ended December 31, 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Higher | FT | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
£m | School | Education | Professional | Publishing | IDC | Penguin | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
Sales | 1,455 | 795 | 341 | 366 | 332 | 848 | 4,137 | |||||||||||||||||||||
36% | 19% | 8% | 9% | 8% | 20% | 100% | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total operating profit | 167 | 161 | 37 | 35 | 82 | 58 | 540 | |||||||||||||||||||||
31% | 30% | 7% | 6% | 15% | 11% | 100% | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Add back: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles | 17 | — | 1 | 2 | 7 | 8 | 35 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other net gains and losses including associates | — | — | — | (4 | ) | — | — | (4 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Other net finance costs of associates | — | — | — | (1 | ) | — | — | (1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted operating profit: continuing operations | 184 | 161 | 38 | 32 | 89 | 66 | 570 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted operating profit: discontinued operations | — | — | 22 | — | — | — | 22 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total adjusted operating profit | 184 | 161 | 60 | 32 | 89 | 66 | 592 | |||||||||||||||||||||
31% | 27% | 10% | 6% | 15% | 11% | 100% |
30
Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31, 2005 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Higher | FT | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
£m | School | Education | Professional | Publishing | IDC | Penguin | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
Sales | 1,295 | 779 | 301 | 332 | 297 | 804 | 3,808 | |||||||||||||||||||||
34% | 20% | 8% | 9% | 8% | 21% | 100% | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total operating profit | 142 | 156 | 25 | 58 | 75 | 60 | 516 | |||||||||||||||||||||
28% | 30% | 5% | 11% | 14% | 12% | 100% | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Add back: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles | 5 | — | — | 1 | 5 | — | 11 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other net gains and losses including associates | — | — | — | (40 | ) | — | — | (40 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Other net finance costs of associates | — | — | — | 2 | — | — | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted operating profit: continuing operations | 147 | 156 | 25 | 21 | 80 | 60 | 489 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted operating profit: discontinued operations | — | — | 20 | (3 | ) | — | — | 17 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total adjusted operating profit | 147 | 156 | 45 | 18 | 80 | 60 | 506 | |||||||||||||||||||||
29% | 31% | 9% | 3% | 16% | 12% | 100% |
School |
School business sales increased by £160m, or 12%, to £1,455m in 2006, from £1,295m in 2005 and adjusted operating profit increased by £37m, or 25%, to £184m in 2006 from £147m in 2005. In addition to strong underlying growth in sales and profits, the School results in 2006 benefit from the inclusion of National Evaluation Systems (NES), Paravia Bruno Mondadori (PBM), Chancery and PowerSchool together with a number of smaller acquisitions all made in the first half of 2006 and from a full year contribution from AGS Publishing, acquired in July 2005. Offsetting these factors was the effect of the weakening of the US dollar, which we estimate reduced sales by £17m when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2005 exchange rates.
In the US school market, Pearson’s school publishing business grew 3% against the Association of American Publishers’ estimate of a decline in the industry of 6%. New adoption market share was 33% in the adoptions where Pearson competed (and 30% of the total new adoption market). The School business now has the number one or number two market share in reading, math, science and social studies. US School testing sales were up in the high single digits even after growth in excess of 20% in 2005. School testing benefited from further contract wins, market share gains and leadership in onscreen marking, online testing and embedded (formative) assessment. The acquisition of NES providing customized assessments for teacher certification in the US has allowed us to expand in an attractive adjacent market. The School technology business grew both through the acquisitions of Chancery and PowerSchool and through organic growth in the digital curriculum business which continued to grow while investing in a new generation of digital products to meet the demands of school districts for personalized classroom learning.
The international School business, outside the US, continued to grow. The international testing business was again able to benefit from technology leadership. In the UK, we have marked over 9 million GCSE, AS and A-Level scripts on screen. In School publishing, the launch in the UK of ActiveTeach technology providing multimedia teaching resources has brought increased market share in math and science. The acquisition of PBM, one of Italy’s leading education publishers, has allowed us to expand our existing Italian business and integrate publishing, sales and marketing, distribution and back office operations. Our market leading school companies in Hong Kong and South Africa both outperformed their respective markets in 2006 and our worldwide English Language Training program for elementary schools,English Adventure(with Disney), was successfully launched in Asia and Latin America.
School margins improved again in 2006 and were up by 1.2% points to 12.6% with continued efficiency gains in central costs, production, distribution and software development.
31
Table of Contents
Higher Education |
Sales in Higher Education increased by £16m, or 2%, to £795m in 2006, from £779m in 2005. Adjusted operating profit increased by £5m, or 3%, to £161m in 2006 from £156m in 2005. Both sales and adjusted operating profit were affected by the weakening of the US dollar which we estimate reduced sales by £8m when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2005 exchange rates.
In the US, the Higher Education sales were up by 4% (in US dollars) ahead of the Association of American Publishers’ estimate of industry growth once again. Over the past eight years, Pearson’s US Higher Education business has grown at an average annual rate of 7% compared to the industry’s average growth rate of 4%. In the US there was rapid growth in the online learning businesses with approximately 4.5 million US college students using one of our online programs. Of these approximately 2.3 million register for an online course on one of our ‘MyLab’ online homework and assessment programs, an increase of almost 30% on 2005. In psychology and economics, two of the three largest markets in US higher education, Pearson published successful first edition bestsellers: Cicarrelli’sPsychologytogether with MyPsychLab and Hubbard’sEconomicstogether with MyEconLab. Cicarrelli’sPsychologyincreased Pearson’s market share in the subject by 3% to 25% and is the bestselling launch of a first edition in the discipline in the past decade. Also in the US the custom publishing business, which builds customized textbooks and online services around the courses of individual faculties or professors, continued its strong progress with another year of double-digit growth.
International Higher Education publishing sales grew by 3%, benefiting from good growth in local language publishing programs and an increasing focus on custom publishing and technology based assessment services with the MyLab suite of products.
Higher Education margins remained constant year on year with only a small increase of 0.3% points to 20.3% in 2006.
Professional |
After excluding sales and adjusted operating profit from Government Solutions which were reported as discontinued in 2006, Professional sales increased by £40m, or 13%, to £341m in 2006 from £301m in 2005. Adjusted operating profit increased by £13m, or 52%, to £38m in 2006, from £25m in 2005. Sales were only slightly affected by the weakening US dollar, which we estimate reduced sales by £2m when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2005 exchange rates.
Professional testing sales were up more than 30% in 2006 benefiting in particular from the acquisition of Promissor and the successful start-up of the Graduate Management Admissions Test with 220,000 examinations delivered in 400 test centers in 96 countries during the first year of the new contract. Professional Testing has moved into profitability in 2006 compared to a break-even position in 2005. Technology publishing profits were up in 2006 as cost actions offset sales weakness in a market that continues to decline. There was a strong performance in other professional publishing with particular successes in the Wharton School Publishing and FT Press imprints.
Overall margins in the Professional business were significantly higher at 11.1% in 2006 compared to 8.3% in 2005 as the testing business moved into profitability and the technology publishing business took specific cost actions.
FT Publishing |
Sales at FT Publishing increased by £34m or 10%, from £332m in 2005 to £366m in 2006. Adjusted operating profit increased by £11m, from £21m in 2005 to £32m in 2006. Much of the sales and profit increase was again at the FT newspaper and FT.com where sales were up 8% and profit increased by £9m to £11m.
The FT newspaper advertising revenues were up 9% for the year with rapid growth in online, luxury goods and corporate finance categories, all up more than 30% on 2005. FT worldwide circulation was up 1% to 430,469 copies per day (Source: ABC, average for six months to December 2006). FT.com’s paying subscribers were up 7% to 90,000 while the December audience was up 29% to 4.2 million. The FT continued
32
Table of Contents
to benefit from international expansion with approximately three-quarters of the FT’s advertising booked in two or more international editions and almost half booked for all four editions worldwide. The FT’s ‘new newsroom’ has created an integrated multi-media newsroom that improves commissioning, reporting, editing and production efficiency and provided further cost savings in 2006.
In September 2006, the FT Publishing business acquired Mergermarket, an online financial data and intelligence provider that contributed additional sales and profit in the last three months of 2006. FT Business showed good growth and improved margins driven by strong performances in events, UK retail financial titles (Investment AdviserandFinancial Adviser) and internationally withThe Banker. Les Echosachieved modest circulation and advertising growth in a weak market ahead of the French presidential elections in 2007.FT Deutschlandoutperformed the German newspaper market once again increasing circulation by 2% and reducing losses.The Economist, in which Pearson owns a 50% stake, increased its contribution to FT Publishing’s adjusted operating profit with another good year that saw circulation increase by 9% to 1.2 million (for the July-December ABC period).
Overall margins at FT Publishing continued to increase as the newspaper becomes more profitable and are now 8.7% compared to 6.3% in 2005.
Interactive Data |
Interactive Data, grew its sales by 12% from £297m in 2005 to £332m in 2006. Adjusted operating profit grew by 11% from £80m in 2005 to £89m in 2006. Both sales and adjusted operating profit were affected by the weakening US dollar, which we estimate reduced sales by £4m and adjusted operating profit by £1m when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2005 exchange rates.
Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data (formerly FT Interactive Data), IDC’s largest business (approximately two-thirds of IDC revenues) generated strong growth in North America and Europe. Growth was driven by sustained demand for fixed income evaluated pricing services and related reference data. Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data continued to expand its market coverage, adding independent valuations of credit default swaps and other derivative securities. There was improved momentum at Interactive Data Real-Time Services (formerly Comstock) with new sales to institutional clients and lower cancellation rates and also at eSignal with continued growth in its base of direct subscription terminals. The acquisition of Quote.com in March 2006 has expanded eSignal’s suite of real-time market data platforms and analytics and added two financial websites which enabled eSignal to generate strong growth through online advertising in 2006. IS.Teledata, acquired at the end of 2005 and rebranded Interactive Data Managed Solutions, contributed a full year of sales and profit for the first time in 2006.
IDC margins remained roughly constant year on year at 26.8% in 2006 compared to 26.9% in 2005.
The Penguin Group |
Penguin Group sales were up 5% to £848m in 2006 from £804m in 2005 and adjusted operating profit up 10% to £66m in 2006 from £60m in 2005. Both sales and adjusted operating profit were affected by the weakening US dollar which we estimate reduced sales by £13m and adjusted operating profit by £7m when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2005 exchange rates.
2006 was a record year for Penguin in terms of literary success and bestseller performance. In the US, Penguin placed 139 books on theNew York Timesbestseller list, 10 more than in 2005, and kept them there for 809 weeks overall, up 119 weeks from 2005. Penguin UK placed 59 titles in the BookScan Top Ten bestseller list, up by 5 from 2005, and kept them there for 361 weeks, up 42 weeks from 2005.
Penguin authors won a large number of prestigious awards during 2006: a Pulitzer Prize for Fiction (Marchby Geraldine Brooks); a National Book Critics Circle Award (THEM: A Memoir of Parentsby Francine du Plessix Gray); the Michael L. Printz award (Looking for Alaskaby John Green); the Orange Prize for Fiction (On Beautyby Zadie Smith); and the Man Booker Prize (The Inheritance of Lossby Kiran Desai).
33
Table of Contents
Penguin UK’s focus on fiction in 2006 was rewarded with a substantial increase in market share, led by Marina Lewycka’sA Short History of Tractors in Ukrainian.In the US, the premium paperback format accelerated revenue growth and increased profitability in the important mass-market category. In India, Penguin continued its rapid growth and extended its market leadership and there was also strong growth and increased market share for Penguin in South Africa. 2006 also saw strong growth in online revenues and unique visitors to the Penguin and DK websites.
Penguin continued to focus on efficiency and improvement in operating margins and has benefited from the Pearson-wide renegotiation of major global paper, print and binding contracts, the integration of warehouse and back office operations in Australia and New Zealand and is investing in India as a pre-production and design center for reference titles.
Results of operations
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004 |
Consolidated results of operations |
Sales |
Our total sales increased by £329m, or 9%, to £3,808m in 2005, from £3,479m in 2004. Sales growth was due to strong performance in our markets, helped in part by a favorable exchange rate impact. We estimate that had the 2004 average rates prevailed in 2005, sales would have been approximately £3,765m.
Pearson Education had a strong year with an increase in sales of 13%. The School businesses were the biggest contributors to this growth with an increase of 19%. Higher Education growth was 7% in total and 6% in the US. Pearson’s US Higher Education business has grown faster than the industry for seven straight years. The School publishing business benefited from a large share of the new adoption market in the US and testing sales were up more than 20% as the business made significant market share gains and benefited from mandatory state testing in the US under No Child Left Behind. In the Professional business sales increased 4%, with testing sales ahead of last year following the successful start-up of major new contracts. Worldwide sales of technology-related books were again lower than the previous year although weakness in the professional markets was partly offset by growth in consumer technology publishing.
The FT Group sales were 7% in 2005 ahead of 2004. FT Publishing sales were up by 4% driven by higher advertising revenues at theFinancial Timesand IDC sales were up by 10% with organic growth at all its businesses aided by a full year contribution from FutureSource, acquired in September 2004, and the strength of the US dollar. Penguin’s sales grew by 2% with successful format innovation helping to offset the weakness in the mass-market category in the US, down a further 4% for the industry in 2005.
Pearson Education, our largest business sector, accounted for 62% of our sales in 2005, compared to 61% in 2004. North America continued to be the most significant source of our sales although sales there decreased, as a proportion of total sales, to 64% in 2005, compared to 66% in 2004.
Cost of goods sold and net operating expenses |
The following table summarizes our cost of sales and net operating expenses:
Year ended | |||||||||
December 31 | |||||||||
2005 | 2004 | ||||||||
£m | £m | ||||||||
Cost of goods sold | 1,787 | 1,631 | |||||||
Distribution costs | 292 | 226 | |||||||
Administration and other expenses | 1,351 | 1,340 | |||||||
Other operating income | (84 | ) | (83 | ) | |||||
Total | 1,559 | 1,483 | |||||||
34
Table of Contents
Cost of goods sold.Cost of sales consists of costs for raw materials, primarily paper, printing costs, amortization of pre-publication costs and royalty charges. Our cost of sales increased by £156m, or 10%, to £1,787m in 2005, from £1,631m in 2004. The increase mainly reflected the increase in sales over the period so the overall gross margin stayed constant at 53%.
Distribution Costs.Distribution costs consist primarily of shipping costs, postage and packing and are typically a fairly constant percentage of sales.
Administration and other expenses.Our administration and other expenses increased by £11m, or 1%, to £1,351m in 2005, from £1,340m in 2004, although as a percentage of sales they decreased to 35% in 2005, from 39% in 2004. The increase in administration and other costs comes principally from additional employee benefit expense, but cost savings and more modest increases in other administration expenses have enabled overall operating margins to improve.
Other operating income.Other operating income mainly consists of freight recharges, sub-rights and licensing income and distribution commissions.
Other net gains and losses |
Profits or losses on the sale of businesses, associates and investments that are included in our continuing operations are reported as “other net gains and losses”. In 2005 the only item in this category was the £40m profit on the sale of our associate interest in MarketWatch. In 2004, other gains and losses amounted to £9m, with the principal items being profits on the sale of stakes in Capella and Business.com.
Share of results of joint ventures and associates |
The contribution from our joint ventures and associates increased from £8m in 2004 to £14m in 2005. The increase was due to profit improvement at The Economist Group and a reduction in losses at FT Deutschland.
Operating profit |
The total operating profit increased by £134m, or 35%, to £516m in 2005 from £382m in 2004. This £134m or 35% increase was due to increases across all the businesses, the one-off gain from the sale of MarketWatch of £40m and a beneficial impact of exchange. We estimate that had the 2004 average rates prevailed in 2005, operating profit would have been £12m lower.
Operating profit attributable to Pearson Education increased by £58m, or 22%, to £323m in 2005, from £265m in 2004. The increase was due to strong sales and improved margins in both the School and Higher Education businesses. Operating profit attributable to the FT Group increased by £63m, or 90%, to £133m in 2005, from £70m in 2004. £40m of the increase was due to the profit from the sale of MarketWatch but there were also increases at IDC of £13m and FT Publishing of £10m. Operating profit attributable to the Penguin Group increased by £13m, or 28%, to £60m in 2005, from £47m in 2004. The increase at Penguin was due in part to increased efficiencies and improved margins and also due to exchange gains and one-off items in 2004. Penguin’s operating profit in 2004 was reduced by costs associated with disruption in UK distribution following the move to a new warehouse and closure costs associated with Penguin TV.
Net finance costs |
Net finance costs reduced from £79m in 2004 to £70m in 2005. Net interest payable in 2005 was £77m, up from £74m in 2004. The Group’s net interest rate payable rose by 0.9% to 5.9%. Although we were partly protected by our fixed rate policy, the strong rise in US dollar floating interest rates had an adverse effect. Year on year, average three month LIBOR (weighted for the Group’s borrowings in US dollars, euro and sterling) rose by 1.9% to 3.4%. This was largely offset by the £260m fall in average net debt, reflecting in particular the proceeds from the disposal of Recoletos and good cash generation. In addition, in 2005 we did not benefit from a one-off credit of £9m for interest on a repayment of tax that occurred in 2004. As at January 1, 2005 we adopted IAS 39‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’in our financial statements. This has had the effect of introducing increased volatility into the net finance cost and in 2005 the
35
Table of Contents
adoption of IAS 39 reduced net finance costs by £14m. For a more detailed discussion of our borrowings and interest expenses see “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital Resources” and “— Borrowing” below and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.
Taxation |
The total tax charge for the year was £116m, representing a 26% rate on pre-tax profits of £446m. This compares with a 2004 rate of 18% (or £55m on a pre-tax profit of £303m). In 2004, the tax charge reflected credits of £48m relating to previous years, a substantial element of which was non-recurring; adjustments relating to previous years in 2005 resulted in a credit of £18m. The 2005 rate benefited from the fact that the profit of £40m on the sale of Marketwatch.com was free of tax.
Minority interests |
Following the disposal of our 79% holding in Recoletos in April 2005 and the purchase of the 25% minority stake in Edexcel in February 2005, our minority interests now mainly comprise the 39% minority share in IDC.
Discontinued operations |
Following the announcement of the disposal of Government Solutions in December 2006, the results of the Pearson Government Solution business have been reclassified as discontinued in 2005 and 2004. The results for the year ended December 31, 2005 included an operating profit of £20m with a corresponding operating profit of £22m in 2004. The results of Recoletos have been consolidated for the period up to February 28, 2005 and included in discontinued operations in 2005 and 2004. The results for 2005 include an operating loss for the two months to February 28, 2005 of £3m compared to an operating profit in the full year to December 31, 2004 of £26m. The pre-tax profit on disposal of Recoletos reported in 2005 was £306m.
Profit for the year |
The total profit for the year in 2005 was £644m compared to a profit in 2004 of £284m. The overall increase of £360m was mainly due to the profit on disposal of Recoletos and MarketWatch together with significant improvement in operating profits reported across all the Pearson businesses. These increases were only partially offset by the increase in the tax charge in 2005.
Earnings per ordinary share |
The basic earnings per ordinary share, which is defined as the profit for the year divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue, was 78.2p in 2005 compared to 32.9p in 2004 based on a weighted average number of shares in issue of 797.9 million in 2005 and 795.6 million in 2004. This increase in earnings per share was due to the additional profit for the year described above and was not significantly affected by the movement in the weighted average number of shares.
The diluted earnings per ordinary share of 78.1p in 2005 and 32.9p in 2004 was not significantly different from the basic earnings per share in those years as the effect of dilutive share options was again not significant.
Exchange rate fluctuations |
The strengthening of the US dollar against sterling on an average basis had a positive impact on reported sales and profits in 2005 compared to 2004. We estimate that if the 2004 average rates had prevailed in 2005, sales would have been lower by £43m and operating profit would have been lower by £12m. See “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for a discussion regarding our management of exchange rate risks.
36
Table of Contents
Sales and operating profit by division |
The following tables summarize our sales and operating profit for each of Pearson’s divisions. Adjusted operating profit is a non-GAAP measure and is included as it is a key financial measure used by management to evaluate performance and allocate resources to business segments, as reported under FAS 131. See also note 2 of “Item 17. Financial Statements”.
In our adjusted operating profit we have excluded amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles, other gains and losses and other net finance costs of associates. The amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles is the amortization or subsequent impairment of intangible assets acquired through business combinations. The charge is not considered to be fully reflective of the underlying performance of the Group. Other gains and losses represent profits and losses on the sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and investments that are included within continuing operations but which distort the performance for the year.
Adjusted operating profit enables management to more easily track the underlying operational performance of the Group. A reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted operating profit is included in the tables below:
Year ended December 31, 2005 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Higher | FT | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
£m | School | Education | Professional | Publishing | IDC | Penguin | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
Sales | 1,295 | 779 | 301 | 332 | 297 | 804 | 3,808 | |||||||||||||||||||||
34% | 20% | 8% | 9% | 8% | 21% | 100% | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total operating profit | 142 | 156 | 25 | 58 | 75 | 60 | 516 | |||||||||||||||||||||
28% | 30% | 5% | 11% | 14% | 12% | 100% | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Add back: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles | 5 | — | — | 1 | 5 | — | 11 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other net gains and losses including associates | — | — | — | (40 | ) | — | — | (40 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Other net finance costs of associates | — | — | — | 2 | — | — | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted operating profit: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
continuing operations | 147 | 156 | 25 | 21 | 80 | 60 | 489 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted operating profit: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
discontinued operations | — | — | 20 | (3 | ) | — | — | 17 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total adjusted operating profit | 147 | 156 | 45 | 18 | 80 | 60 | 506 | |||||||||||||||||||||
29% | 31% | 9% | 3% | 16% | 12% | 100% |
37
Table of Contents
Year ended December 31, 2004 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Higher | FT | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
£m | School | Education | Professional | Publishing | IDC | Penguin | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
Sales | 1,087 | 729 | 290 | 318 | 269 | 786 | 3,479 | |||||||||||||||||||||
31% | 21% | 8% | 9% | 8% | 23% | 100% | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total operating profit | 112 | 133 | 20 | 8 | 62 | 47 | 382 | |||||||||||||||||||||
29% | 35% | 5% | 2% | 16% | 13% | 100% | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Add back: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles | — | — | — | — | 5 | — | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other net gains and losses including associates | (4 | ) | (4 | ) | (2 | ) | (4 | ) | — | 5 | (9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Other net finance costs of associates | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted operating profit: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
continuing operations | 108 | 129 | 18 | 4 | 67 | 52 | 378 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted operating profit: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
discontinued operations | — | — | 22 | 26 | — | — | 48 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total adjusted operating profit | 108 | 129 | 40 | 30 | 67 | 52 | 426 | |||||||||||||||||||||
25% | 30% | 9% | 7% | 16% | 13% | 100% |
School |
School business sales increased by £208m, or 19%, to £1,295m in 2005, from £1,087m in 2004 and adjusted operating profit increased by £39m, or 36%, to £147m in 2005 from £108m in 2004. The School results in 2005 benefit from the inclusion of AGS Publishing, acquired in July 2005 and the strengthening of the US dollar, which we estimate added £12m to sales and £2m to adjusted operating profit when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2004 exchange rates.
In the US school market, Pearson’s school publishing business grew 12% ahead of the Association of American Publishers’ estimate of industry growth of 10.5%. New adoption market share was 33% in the adoptions where Pearson competed (and 24% of the total new adoption market). The School business now has leading positions in math, science, literature and foreign languages. School testing sales were up more than 20%, benefiting from significant market share gains and mandatory state testing under No Child Left Behind. School software also had a strong year with good sales and profit growth on curriculum and school administration services.
Outside the US, the School publishing sales increased in high single digits. The worldwide English Language Teaching business benefited from strong demand for English language learning and investments in new products, includingEnglish Adventure(with Disney) for the primary school market,Skyfor secondary schools,Total Englishfor adult learners andIntelligent Business (withThe Economist) for the business markets. There was also strong growth in the international school testing markets. Four million UK GCSE, AS and A-Level scripts were marked onscreen and 2005 saw the first year of running the UK National Curriculum tests and a new contract for a national school testing pilot in Australia.
School margins were up by 1.5% points to 11.4% with efficiency gains in central costs, production, distribution and software development.
Higher Education |
Sales in Higher Education increased by £50m, or 7%, to £779m in 2005, from £729m in 2004. Adjusted operating profit increased by £27m, or 21%, to £156m in 2005 from £129m in 2004. Both sales and adjusted operating profit benefited from the strengthening US dollar which we estimate added £14m to sales and £3m to adjusted operating profit when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2004 exchange rates.
38
Table of Contents
In the US, the Higher Education sales were up by 6% ahead of the Association of American Publishers’ estimate of industry growth of 5%. 2005 is the seventh consecutive year that Pearson’s US Higher Education business has grown faster than the industry. The US business benefited from continued growth from market-leading authors in key academic disciplines including biology (Campbell & Reece), chemistry (Brown & LeMay), sociology (Macionis), marketing (Kotler & Keller), math (Tobey & Slater), developmental math (Martin-Gay) and English composition (Faigley’sPenguin Handbook). There was also expansion in the career and workforce education sector, with major publishing initiatives gaining market share in allied health, criminal justice, paralegal, homeland security and hospitality. The online learning and custom publishing businesses saw rapid growth. Approximately 3.6 million US college students are studying through one of our online programs, an increase of 20% on 2004; and custom publishing, which builds customized textbooks and online services around the courses of individual faculties or professors, had double digit sales growth.
International Higher Education publishing sales grew by 4%, benefiting from the local adaptation of global authors, including Campbell and Kotler, and the introduction of custom publishing and online learning capabilities into new markets in Asia and the Middle East.
Higher Education margins were up by 2.3% points to 20%. Good margin improvement in the US and in international publishing was helped by shared services and savings in central costs, technology, production and manufacturing.
Professional |
Professional sales (excluding discontinued businesses) increased by £11m, or 4%, to £301m in 2005 from £290m in 2004. Adjusted operating profit increased by £7m, or 39%, to £25m in 2005, from £18m in 2004. Sales benefited from the strengthening US dollar, which we estimate added £5m to sales when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2004 exchange rates.
Professional testing sales were up more than 40% in 2005 benefiting from the successful start-up of major new contracts including the Driving Standards Agency, National Association of Securities Dealers and the Graduate Management Admissions Council.
Overall margins in the Professional business were a little lower in 2005 compared to 2004 mainly due to new contract start-up costs. Margins in the Professional publishing businesses were maintained despite falling sales.
FT Publishing |
Sales at FT Publishing (excluding discontinued businesses) increased by £14m or 4%, from £318m in 2004 to £332m in 2005. Adjusted operating profit increased by £17m, from £4m in 2004 to £21m in 2005. Much of the sales and profit increase was at the FT newspaper; sales at the other business newspapers were broadly level with 2004 with a small increase in adjusted operating profit compared to 2004.
FT newspaper sales were up 6% while adjusted operating profit increased £14m to register a profit of £2m in 2005 compared to a loss of £12m in 2004. FT advertising revenues were up 9% for the year with sustained growth in luxury goods and worldwide display advertising. FT.com advertising sales were up 27% as some of the FT’s biggest advertisers shifted to integrated print and online advertising. The FT’s worldwide circulation was 2% lower for the year at 426,453 average copies per day although the second half of the year showed improvement to 430,635 average copies per day. FT.com’s paying subscribers increased by 12% to 84,000 and the average unique monthly users was up 7% to 3.2m.
Les Echos advertising and circulation revenues for 2005 were level with 2004 despite tough trading conditions. FT Business improved margins with growth in its international finance titles. Our share of the results of the FT’s joint ventures and associates improved asFT Deutschlandreduced its losses and increased its average circulation despite a weak advertising market in Germany andThe Economistincreased profits helped by an increase in circulation (10% to an average weekly circulation of 1,038,519 for the January-June ABC period).
39
Table of Contents
Interactive Data |
Interactive Data, grew its sales by 10% from £269m in 2004 to £297m in 2005. Adjusted operating profit grew by 19% from £67m in 2004 to £80m in 2005. Both sales and adjusted operating profit benefited from the strengthening US dollar, which we estimate added £2m to sales and £1m to adjusted operating profit when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2004 exchange rates.
FT Interactive Data, IDC’s largest business (approximately two-thirds of IDC revenues) generated strong growth in North America and returned to growth in Europe. There was more modest growth at Comstock, IDC’s business providing real-time data for global financial institutions, and at CMS BondEdge, its fixed income analytics business. Renewal rates for IDC’s institutional businesses remain at around 95%. eSignal, IDC’s active trader services business, increased sales by 27% with continued growth in the subscriber base and a full year contribution from FutureSource, acquired in September 2004.
The Penguin Group |
The Penguin Group sales were up 2% to £804m in 2005 from £786m in 2004 and adjusted operating profit up 15% to £60m in 2005 from £52m in 2004. Both sales and adjusted operating profit benefited from the strengthening US dollar which we estimate added £9m to sales and £6m to adjusted operating profit when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2004 exchange rates. 2005 adjusted operating profit also benefited from reduced operating costs at our UK distribution center.
In the US, successful format innovation helped to address weakness in the mass-market category that saw a further decline of 4% for the industry in 2005. The first seven Penguin Premium paperbacks were published in 2005, priced at $9.99, and all became bestsellers, with authors including Nora Roberts, Clive Cussler and Catherine Coulter.
Penguin authors received a number of awards during the year: A Pulitzer Prize (for Steve Coll’sGhost Wars), a National Book Award (William T. Vollman’sEurope Central), the Whitbread Book of the Year (Hilary Spurling’sMatisse the Master), the Whitbread Novel of the Year (Ali Smith’sThe Accidental) and the FT & Goldman Sachs Business Book of the Year Award (Thomas Friedman’sThe World is Flat). In 2005, there were 129 New York Times bestsellers and 54 top 10 bestsellers in the UK. Major bestselling authors include Patricia Cornwell, John Berendt, Sue Grafton, Jared Diamond, Jamie Oliver, Gillian McKeith, Jeremy Clarkson and Gloria Hunniford.
In 2005, there was also a strong contribution from new imprints and first-time authors. The new imprint strategy continued to gather pace and Penguin published more than 150 new authors in the US and approximately 250 worldwide — its largest ever investment in new talent. Sue Monk Kidd’s first novel,The Secret Life of Bees, has been a New York Times bestseller for almost two years; her second,The Mermaid Chair, reached number one in 2005.The Kite Runner, Khaled Hosseini’s first book, stayed on the New York Times bestseller list for all of 2005, selling an additional two million copies (three million in total). In the UK, there was also strong performance from new fiction authors including Jilliane Hoffman, PJ Tracy, Karen Joy Fowler and Marina Lewycka.
Liquidity and capital resources
Cash flows and financing |
Net cash inflow from operating activities decreased by £32m, or 5%, to £621m in 2006, from £653m in 2005. This reduction was entirely due to the weakening of the US dollar compared to sterling. The majority of the Group’s cash flows arise in US dollars, so any weakening of the US dollar reduces the Group’s cash flows in sterling terms. The closing rate for translation of dollar cash flows was $1.96 in 2006 ($1.72 in 2005). Underlying working capital efficiency continued to improve. On an average basis, the working capital to sales ratio for our book publishing businesses improved from 27.4% in 2005 to 26.3% in 2006. The net cash inflow from operating activities in 2005 increased by £129m, or 25%, to £653m from £524m in 2004, even though 2004 included receipt of a $151m receivable in respect of the TSA contract. Part of this increase was due to the strengthening of the US dollar during that period. The closing rate for translation of dollar cash flows was
40
Table of Contents
$1.72 in 2005, compared to $1.92 in 2004. The improvement in cash flow from operating activities also reflected more efficient use of working capital. On an average basis, the working capital to sales ratio for our book publishing businesses improved from 29.4% in 2004 to 27.4% in 2005.
Net interest paid was £82m in 2006 compared to £72m in 2005 and £85m in 2004. The 14% increase in 2006 over 2005 reflected the higher average debt resulting from the acquisitions made in the year and higher interest rates (particularly in the US). The 15% reduction in 2005 over 2004 was primarily due to the reduced debt following receipt of the proceeds from the sale of Recoletos and MarketWatch.
Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment was £68m in 2005 compared to £76m in 2005 and £101m in 2004. The reduction in 2006 compared to 2005 is due to the movement in US dollar exchange rates. The higher expenditure in 2004 reflected up-front expenditure on Professional testing contracts.
The acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates accounted for a cash outflow of £367m in 2006 against £253m in 2005 and £51m in 2004. In 2006, the principal acquisition was of Mergermarket for £109m. The balance relates to various smaller bolt-on acquisitions (primarily in the school segment) including those of National Evaluation Systems and Paravia Bruno Mondadori. The principal acquisitions in 2005 were of AGS for £161m within the School business and IS. Teledata for £29m by Interactive Data. The principal acquisitions in 2004 were of KAT and Dominie Press for £10m within our education businesses and FutureSource by Interactive Data for £9m. The sale of subsidiaries and associates produced a cash inflow of £10m in 2006 against £430m in 2005 and £31m in 2004. The disposal in 2006 relates entirely to the proceeds from the take-up of share options issued to minority shareholders. The principal disposals in 2005 were of Recoletos for net cash proceeds of £371m and MarketWatch for net cash proceeds of £54m. The proceeds in 2004 relate primarily to the sale of Argentaria Cartera by Recoletos.
The cash outflow from financing of £348m in 2006 primarily reflects the payment of the Group dividend (at a higher dividend per share than 2005) and the repayment of a $250m bond at its maturity date. The cash outflow from financing of £321m in 2005 reflects the improved Group dividend (compared to 2004) and the repayment of bank borrowings following the sale of Recoletos. The cash outflow from financing of £261m in 2004 reflects the payment of the Group dividend and the repayment of one€550m bond offset by the proceeds from the issue of new $350m and $400m bonds. Bonds are issued as part of our overall financing program to support general corporate expenditure.
Capital resources |
Our borrowings fluctuate by season due to the effect of the school year on the working capital requirements in the educational materials business. Assuming no acquisitions or disposals, our maximum level of net debt normally occurs in July, and our minimum level of net debt normally occurs in December. Based on a review of historical trends in working capital requirements and of forecast monthly balance sheets for the next 12 months, we believe that we have sufficient funds available for the Group’s present requirements, with an appropriate level of headroom given our portfolio of businesses and current plans. Our ability to expand and grow our business in accordance with current plans and to meet long-term capital requirements beyond this 12-month period will depend on many factors, including the rate, if any, at which our cash flow increases and the availability of public and private debt and equity financing, including our ability to secure bank lines of credit. We cannot be certain that additional financing, if required, will be available on terms favorable to us, if at all.
At December 31, 2006, our net debt was £1,059m compared to net debt of £996m at December 31, 2005. Net debt is defined as all short-term, medium-term and long-term borrowing (including finance leases), less all cash and liquid resources. Liquid resources comprise short-term deposits of 90 days and investments that are readily realizable and held on a short-term basis. Short-term, medium-term and long-term borrowing amounted to £1,743m at December 31, 2006, compared to £1,959m at December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2006, cash and liquid resources were £592m, compared to £902m at December 31, 2005. Some of the cash at December 31, 2006 was being held to fund a€591m bond repayment due on February 1, 2007.
41
Table of Contents
Contractual obligations |
The following table summarizes the maturity of our borrowings and our obligations under non-cancelable operating leases.
At December 31, 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Less than | One to | Two to | After five | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | one year | two years | five years | years | |||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||
Gross borrowings: | |||||||||||||||||||||
Bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper | 173 | 173 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
Variable rate loan notes | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
Bonds | 1,566 | 421 | 105 | 444 | 596 | ||||||||||||||||
Lease obligations | 1,369 | 123 | 113 | 276 | 857 | ||||||||||||||||
Total | 3,108 | 717 | 218 | 720 | 1,453 | ||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2006 the Group had capital commitments for fixed assets, including finance leases already under contract, of £nil (2005: £1m). There are contingent liabilities in respect of indemnities, warranties and guarantees in relation to former subsidiaries and in respect of guarantees in relation to subsidiaries and associates. In addition there are contingent liabilities in respect of legal claims. None of these claims or guarantees is expected to result in a material gain or loss.
The Group is committed to a fee of 0.0675% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears on the unused amount of the Group’s bank facility.
Off-Balance sheet arrangements |
The Group does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined by the SEC Final Rule 67(FR-67), “Disclosure in Management’s Discussion and Analysis about Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations”, that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
Borrowings |
We have in place a $1.75bn revolving credit facility, which matures in May 2011. At December 31, 2006, approximately $1.75bn was available under this facility. This included allocations to refinance short-term borrowings not directly drawn under the facility. The credit facility contains two key covenants measured for each 12 month period ending June 30 and December 31:
We must maintain the ratio of our profit before interest and tax to our net interest payable at no less than 3:1; and
We must maintain the ratio of our net debt to our EBITDA, which we explain below, at no more than 4:1.
“EBITDA” refers to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We are currently in compliance with these covenants.
Treasury policy |
We hold financial instruments for two principal purposes: to finance our operations and to manage the interest rate and currency risks arising from our operations and from our sources of financing.
We finance our operations by a mixture of cash flows from operations, short-term borrowings from banks and commercial paper markets, and longer term loans from banks and capital markets. We borrow principally in US dollars, sterling and euro at both floating and fixed rates of interest, using derivatives, where
42
Table of Contents
appropriate, to generate the desired effective currency profile and interest rate basis. The derivatives used for this purpose are principally interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and collars, currency swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts. For a more detailed discussion of our borrowing and use of derivatives, see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.
Related parties |
There were no significant or unusual related party transactions in 2006, 2005 or 2004. Refer to note 34 in “Item 17. Financial Statements”.
Accounting principles
For a summary of the principal differences between IFRS and US GAAP in respect of our financial statements and recent US GAAP and IFRS pronouncements refer to note 36 in “Item 17. Financial Statements”.
ITEM 6. | DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES |
Directors and senior management
We are managed by a board of directors and a chief executive who reports to the board and manages through a management committee. We refer to the board of directors and the chairman of the board of directors as our “senior management”.
The following table sets forth information concerning senior management, as of April 2007.
Name | Age | Position | ||||
Glen Moreno | 63 | Chairman | ||||
Marjorie Scardino | 60 | Chief Executive | ||||
David Arculus | 60 | Non-executive Director | ||||
David Bell | 60 | Director for People and Chairman of The FT Group | ||||
Terry Burns | 63 | Non-executive Director | ||||
Patrick Cescau | 58 | Non-executive Director | ||||
Rona Fairhead | 45 | Chief Executive of The FT Group | ||||
Robin Freestone | 48 | Chief Financial Officer | ||||
Susan Fuhrman | 63 | Non-executive Director | ||||
Ken Hydon | 62 | Non-executive Director | ||||
John Makinson | 52 | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Penguin Group | ||||
Rana Talwar | 59 | Non-executive Director |
Glen Morenowas appointed chairman on October 1, 2005. He is the senior independent non-executive director of Man Group plc and also a director of Fidelity International Limited and a trustee of The Prince of Liechtenstein Foundation.
Marjorie Scardinojoined the board and became chief executive in January 1997. She is a member of Pearson’s nomination committee. She trained and practiced as a lawyer and was chief executive of The Economist Group from 1993 until joining Pearson. She is also a non-executive director of Nokia Corporation.
David Arculusbecame a non-executive director in February 2006 and currently serves on the audit and nomination committees and as chairman of the personnel committee. He is a non-executive director of Telefonica SA, and was previously chairman of O2 plc from 2004 until it was acquired by Telefonica in early 2006. His previous roles include chairman of Severn Trent plc, chairman of IPC Group, chief operating officer
43
Table of Contents
of United Business Media plc, group managing director of EMAP plc and non-executive director of Barclays Bank plc.
David Bellbecame a director in March 1996. He is chairman of the FT Group, having previously been chief executive of theFinancial Timesfrom 1993 to 1998. In July 1998, he was appointed Pearson’s director for people with responsibility for the recruitment, motivation, development and reward of employees across the Pearson Group. He is also a non-executive director of VITEC Group plc and chairman of Sadlers Wells and Crisis, a charity for the homeless.
Terry Burnsbecame a non-executive director in May 1999 and the senior independent director in February 2004. He currently serves on the nomination and personnel committees. He was the UK government’s chief economic advisor from 1980 until 1991 and Permanent Secretary of HM Treasury from 1991 until 1998. He is non-executive chairman of Abbey National plc and Glas Cymru Limited and a non-executive director of Banco Santander Central Hispano. He has been chairman of Marks and Spencer Group plc since July 2006, having previously been deputy chairman from October 1, 2005.
Patrick Cescaubecame a non-executive director in April 2002. He joined the audit committee in January 2005, and is also a member of the nomination committee. He joined Unilever in 1973, latterly serving as Finance Director until January 2001, at which time he was appointed Director of Unilever’s Foods Division. He is currently group chief executive of Unilever.
Rona Fairheadbecame a director in June 2002. She was appointed chief executive of the FT Group on June 12, 2006 having previously been chief financial officer of Pearson from June 2002 and was appointed to the Interactive Data Corporation board on 15 February 2007. She had served as deputy finance director of Pearson from October 2001. From 1996 until 2001, she worked at ICI plc, where she served as executive vice president, group control and strategy, and as a member of the executive committee from 1998. Prior to that, she worked for Bombardier Inc. in finance, strategy and operational roles. She is also a non-executive director of HSBC Holdings plc.
Robin Freestonebecame a director of Pearson on June 12, 2006 and was appointed chief financial officer, having previously served as deputy chief financial officer since 2004. He was previously group financial controller of Amersham plc (now part of GE), having joined Amersham as chief financial officer of their health business in 2000. Prior to that he held a number of senior financial positions with ICI, Zeneca and Henkel. He is also a non-executive director of eChem Limited.
Susan Fuhrmanbecame a non-executive director in July 2004. She is a member of the audit and nomination committees. She is president of Teachers College at Columbia University, America’s oldest and largest graduate school of education having previously been dean of the Graduate school of Education at the University of Pennsylvania. She is a member of the Board of Trustees of the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and an officer of the National Academy of Education.
Ken Hydonbecame a non-executive director in February 2006 and currently serves on the nomination committee and as chairman of the audit committee. He is a non-executive director of Tesco plc, Reckitt Benckiser plc and Royal Berks NHS Foundation Trust. He was previously finance director of Vodafone Group plc and of subsidiaries of Racal Electronics.
John Makinsonbecame chairman of the Penguin Group in May 2001 and its chief executive officer in June 2002. He was appointed chairman of Interactive Data Corporation in December 2002. He served as Pearson’s Finance Director from March 1996 until June 2002. From 1994 to 1996 he was managing director of theFinancial Times, and prior to that he founded and managed the investor relations firm Makinson Cowell. He is also a non-executive director of George Weston Limited in Canada.
Rana Talwarbecame a non-executive director in March 2000 and currently serves on the personnel and nomination committees. He is currently chairman of Sabre Capital Worldwide and Centurion Bank and a non-executive director of Schlumberger Limited and Fortis Bank. He served as group chief executive of Standard Chartered plc from 1998 until 2001, and was at Citicorp from 1969 to 1997, where he held a number of senior international management roles. He retired from the board at the 2007 AGM.
44
Table of Contents
Compensation of senior management
It is the role of the personnel committee to approve the remuneration and benefits packages of the executive directors, the chief executives of the principal operating companies and other members of the Pearson Management Committee. The committee also takes note of the remuneration for those executives with base pay over a certain level, representing approximately the top 50 executives of the company.
Remuneration policy |
Pearson seeks to generate a performance culture by operating incentive programs that support its business goals and reward their achievement. It is the company’s policy that total remuneration (base compensation plus short-and long-term incentives) should reward both short- and long-term results, delivering competitive rewards for target performance, but outstanding rewards for exceptional company performance.
The company’s policy is that base compensation should provide the appropriate rate of remuneration for the job, taking into account relevant recruitment markets and business sectors and geographic regions. Benefit programs should ensure that Pearson retains a competitive recruiting advantage.
Share ownership is encouraged throughout the company. Equity-based reward programs align the interests of directors, and employees in general, with those of shareholders by linking rewards directly to Pearson’s financial performance.
Total remuneration is made up of fixed and performance-linked elements, with each element supporting different objectives. Base salary reflects competitive market level, role and individual contribution. Annual incentives motivate the achievement of annual strategic goals. Bonus share matching encourages executive directors and other senior executives to acquire and hold Pearson shares and aligns executives and shareholders’ interests. Long-term incentives drive long-term earnings and share price growth and value creation and align executives’ and shareholders’ interests.
Consistent with its policy, the committee places considerable emphasis on the performance-linked elements i.e. annual incentive, bonus share matching and long-term incentives.
The committee will continue to review the mix of fixed and performance-linked remuneration on an annual basis, consistent with its overall philosophy.
Our policy is that the remuneration of the executive directors should be competitive with those of directors and executives in similar positions in comparable companies. We use a range of UK companies in different sectors including the media sector. Some are of a similar size to Pearson, while others are larger, but the method which the committee’s independent advisers use to make comparisons on remuneration takes this into account. All have very substantial overseas operations. We also use selected media companies in North America. We use these companies because they represent the wider executive talent pool from which we might expect to recruit externally and the pay market to which we might be vulnerable if our remuneration was not competitive.
Base salary |
Our normal policy is to review salaries annually, taking into account the remuneration of directors and executives in similar positions in comparable companies, individual performance and levels of pay and pay increases throughout the company.
Allowances and benefits |
It is the company’s policy that its benefit programs should be competitive in the context of the local labor market, but as an international company we require executives to operate worldwide and recognize that recruitment also operates worldwide.
45
Table of Contents
Annual incentives |
The committee establishes the annual incentive plans for the executive directors and the chief executives of the company’s principal operating companies, including performance measures and targets. The committee also establishes the target and maximum levels of individual incentive opportunity based on an assessment by the committee’s independent advisers of market practice for comparable companies and jobs.
The performance measures relate to the company’s main drivers of business performance at both the corporate and operating company level. Performance is measured separately for each item. For each performance measure, the committee establishes thresholds, targets and maxima for different levels of payout. With the exception of the CEO, 10% of the total annual incentive opportunity for the executive directors and other members of the Pearson Management Committee is based on performance against personal objectives as agreed with the CEO.
For 2007, the financial performance measures for Pearson plc are sales, growth in underlying adjusted earnings per share for continuing operations at constant exchange rates, average working capital as a ratio to sales and operating cash flow. For subsequent years, the measures will be set at the time.
For 2007, there are no changes to the executive directors’ individual incentive opportunities. For the CEO, the target annual incentive opportunity is 100% of base salary and the maximum is 150%. For the other executive directors and other members of the Pearson Management Committee, the target is up to 75% of salary and the maximum is twice target.
The incentive plans are discretionary and the committee reserves the right to make adjustments up or down taking into account exceptional factors.
The committee will continue to review the annual incentive plans each year and to revise the performance measures, targets and individual incentive opportunities in light of current conditions.
Annual incentive payments do not form part of pensionable earnings.
For 2006, annual incentives for Marjorie Scardino, David Bell, Rona Fairhead and Robin Freestone were based on the financial performance of Pearson plc. In the case of John Makinson, 70% of his annual incentive was based on the performance of Penguin Group and 20% on the financial performance of Pearson plc. In the case of David Bell, Rona Fairhead, Robin Freestone and John Makinson, 10% of their annual incentives was based on performance against personal objectives.
For Pearson plc, the performance measures were earnings per share growth, operating cash flow, sales and average working capital as a ratio to sales. Underlying growth in adjusted earnings per share at constant exchange rates consistent with reported adjusted earnings per share of 40.2p was better than target but below the level of performance required for maximum payout. Average working capital as a ratio to sales and operating cash flow of £575m were at and above maximum respectively. Sales at £4,423m were below target but above threshold.
For Penguin Group, the performance measures were sales, operating profit, operating cash flow and average working capital as a ratio to sales. For working capital as a ratio to sales and operating cash flow, performance was better than that required for maximum payout. Sales and operating profit were both above target but below maximum.
None of the executive directors was directly covered by the plans for the other operating companies where the same performance measures applied.
Bonus share matching |
The annual bonus share matching plan permits executive directors and senior executives around the company to invest up to 50% of any after-tax annual bonus in Pearson shares. For awards made since 2006, if these shares are held and the company’s adjusted earnings per share increase in real terms by at least 3% per annum compound over a five-year period, the company will match them on a gross basis of one share for every
46
Table of Contents
one held. Half the matching shares will vest if the company’s adjusted earnings per share increase in real terms by at least 3% per annum compound over the first three years.
Real growth is measured against the UK Government’s Index of Retail Prices (All Items). We choose to test our earnings per share growth against UK inflation over three and five years to measure the company’s financial progress over the period to which the entitlement to matching shares relates.
The long-term incentive plan |
At the annual general meeting in April 2006, shareholders approved the renewal of the long-term incentive plan first introduced in 2001.
Executive directors, senior executives and other managers are eligible to participate in the plan which can deliver restricted stock and/or stock options. The aim is to give the committee a range of tools with which to link corporate performance to management’s long-term reward in a flexible way. It is not the committee’s intention to grant stock options in 2007.
Restricted stock granted to executive directors vests only when stretching corporate performance targets over a specified period have been met. Awards vest on a sliding scale based on performance over the period. There is no retesting. The committee determines the performance measures and targets governing an award of restricted stock prior to grant.
The performance measures that applied for 2006 and that will apply for the 2007 awards and subsequently for the executive directors are focused on delivering and improving returns to shareholders. These are relative total shareholder return, return on invested capital and earnings per share growth.
Pearson wishes to encourage executives and managers to build up a long-term holding of shares so as to demonstrate their commitment to the company. To achieve this, for awards of restricted stock that are subject to performance conditions over a three-year period, 75% of the award vests at the end of the three-year period. The remaining 25% of the award only vests if the participant retains the after-tax number of shares that vest at year three for a further two years.
The committee establishes each year the expected value of individual awards taking into account assessments by the committee’s independent advisers of market practice for comparable companies, directors’ total remuneration relative to the market and the potential value of awards should the performance target be met in full.
Restricted stock may be granted without performance conditions to satisfy recruitment and retention objectives. Restricted stock awards that are not subject to performance conditions will not be granted to any of the current executive directors.
Where shares vest, participants receive additional shares representing the gross value of dividends that would have been paid on these shares during the performance period and reinvested. The expected value of awards made on this basis take this into account.
In any rolling 10-year period, no more than 10% of Pearson equity will be issued, or be capable of being issued, under all Pearson’s share plans, and no more than 5% of Pearson equity will be issued, or be capable of being issued, under executive or discretionary plans.
Shareholding policy |
As previously noted, in line with the policy of encouraging widespread employee ownership, the company encourages executive directors to build up a substantial shareholding in the company.
Given the share retention features of the annual bonus share matching and long-term incentive plans and the volatility of the stock market, we do not think it is appropriate to specify a particular relationship of shareholding to salary.
47
Table of Contents
Service agreements |
In accordance with long established policy, all continuing executive directors have rolling service agreements under which, other than by termination in accordance with the terms of these agreements, employment continues until retirement. These service agreements provide that the company may terminate these agreements by giving 12 months’ notice, and in some instances they specify the compensation payable by way of liquidated damages in circumstances where the company terminates the agreements without notice or cause. We feel that these notice periods and provisions for liquidated damages are adequate compensation for loss of office and in line with the market. The compensation payable in these circumstances is typically 100% of annual salary, 100% of other benefits and a proportion of potential bonus.
Retirement benefits |
Following are the retirement benefits for each of the executive directors.
Executive directors participate in the approved pension arrangements set up for Pearson employees. Marjorie Scardino, John Makinson, Rona Fairhead and Robin Freestone will also receive benefits under unapproved arrangements because of the cap on the amount of benefits that can be provided from the approved arrangements in the US and the UK.
The pension arrangements for all the executive directors include life insurance cover while in employment, and entitlement to a pension in the event of ill-health or disability. A pension for their spouse and/or dependants is also available on death.
In the US, the approved defined benefit arrangement is the Pearson Inc. Pension Plan. This plan provides a lump sum convertible to a pension on retirement. The lump sum accrued at 6% of capped compensation until December 31, 2001 when further benefit accruals ceased. Normal retirement is age 65 although early retirement is possible subject to a reduction for early payment. No increases are guaranteed for pensions in payment. There is a spouse’s pension on death in service and the option to provide a death in retirement pension by reducing the member’s pension.
The approved defined contribution arrangement in the US is a 401(k) plan. At retirement, the account balances will be used to provide benefits. In the event of death before retirement, the account balances will be used to provide benefits for dependants.
In the UK, the approved plan is the Pearson Group Pension Plan and executive directors participate in either the Final Pay or the Money Purchase 2003 section. Normal retirement age is 62 but, subject to company consent, retirement is possible after age 50. The accrued pension is reduced on retirement prior to age 60. Pensions in payment are guaranteed to increase each year at 5% or the increase in the Index of Retail Prices, if lower. Pensions for a member’s spouse, dependant children and/or nominated financial dependant are payable in the event of death.
Members of the Pearson Group Pension Plan who joined after May 1989 are subject to an upper limit of earnings that can be used for pension purposes, known as the earnings cap. This limit, £108,600 as at April 5, 2006, was abolished by the Finance Act 2004. However the Pearson Group Pension Plan has retained its own ‘cap’, which will increase annually in line with the UK Government’s Index of Retail Prices (All Items).
In response to the UK Government’s plans for pensions simplification and so-called‘A-Day’ effective from April 2006, UK executive directors and other members of the Pearson Group Pension Plan who are, or become, affected by the lifetime allowance were offered a cash supplement as an alternative to further accrual of pension benefits on a basis that is broadly cost neutral to the company.
Marjorie Scardino |
Marjorie Scardino participates in the Pearson Inc. Pension Plan and the approved 401(k) plan.
Additional pension benefits will be provided through an unfunded unapproved defined contribution plan and a funded defined contribution plan approved by HM Revenue and Customs as a corresponding plan to
48
Table of Contents
replace part of the unfunded plan. The account balance of the unfunded unapproved defined contribution plan is determined by reference to the value of a notional cash account that increases annually by a specified notional interest rate. This plan provides the opportunity to convert a proportion of this notional cash account into a notional share account reflecting the value of a number of Pearson ordinary shares. The number of shares in the notional share account is determined by reference to the market value of Pearson shares at the date of conversion.
David Bell |
David Bell is a member of the Pearson Group Pension Plan. He is eligible for a pension of two-thirds of his final base salary at age 62 due to his long service but early retirement with a reduced pension before that date is possible, subject to company consent.
Rona Fairhead |
Rona Fairhead is a member of the Pearson Group Pension Plan. Her pension accrual rate is 1/30th of pensionable salary per annum, restricted to the plan earnings cap.
Until April 2006, the company also contributed to a Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (FURBS) on her behalf. In the event of death before retirement, the proceeds of the FURBS account will be used to provide benefits for her dependants. Since April 2006, she has received a taxable and non-pensionable cash supplement in replacement of the FURBS.
Robin Freestone |
Robin Freestone is a member of the Money Purchase 2003 section of the Pearson Group Pension Plan. Company contributions are 16% of pensionable salary per annum, restricted to the plan earnings cap.
Until April 2006, the company also contributed to a Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (FURBS) on his behalf. In the event of death before retirement, the proceeds of the FURBS account will be used to provide benefits for his dependants. Since April 2006, he has received a taxable and non-pensionable cash supplement in replacement of the FURBS.
John Makinson |
John Makinson is a member of the Pearson Group Pension Plan under which his pensionable salary is restricted to the plan earnings cap. The company ceased contributions on December 31, 2001 to his FURBS arrangement. During 2002 it set up an Unfunded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (UURBS) for him. The UURBS tops up the pension payable from the Pearson Group Pension Plan and the closed FURBS to target a pension of two-thirds of a revalued base salary on retirement at age 62. The revalued base salary is defined as £450,000 effective at June 1, 2002, increased at January 1, each year by reference to the increase in the UK Government’s Index of Retail Prices (All Items). In the event of his death a pension from the Pearson Group Pension Plan, the FURBS and the UURBS will be paid to his spouse or nominated financial dependant. Early retirement is possible from age 50, with company consent. The pension is reduced to reflect the shorter service, and before age 60, further reduced for early payment.
Executive directors’ non-executive directorships |
Our policy is that executive directors may, by agreement with the board, serve as non-executives of other companies and retain any fees payable for their services.
The following executive directors served as non-executive directors elsewhere for the period covered by this report as follows: Marjorie Scardino (Nokia Corporation and MacArthur Foundation); David Bell (VITEC Group plc); Rona Fairhead (HSBC Holdings plc); Robin Freestone (eChem) and John Makinson (George Weston Limited).
49
Table of Contents
Chairman’s remuneration |
Our policy is that the chairman’s pay should be set at a level that is competitive with those of chairmen in similar positions in comparable companies. He is not entitled to any annual or long-term incentive, retirement or other benefits.
In accordance with the terms of his appointment, the committee intends to review the chairman’s remuneration in 2007. Any change to current remuneration is subject to the approval of the full board and will be set out in the report on directors’ remuneration for 2007.
Non-Executive directors |
Fees for non-executive directors are determined by the full board having regard to market practice and within the restrictions contained in the company’s articles of association. Non-executive directors receive no other pay or benefits (other than reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with their directorship of the company) and do not participate in the company’s equity-based incentive plans. The level and structure of non-executive directors’ fees effective from January 2005 is as follows:
Fees payable from | ||||
January 1, 2005 | ||||
(£) | ||||
Basic non-executive director fee | 45,000 | |||
Chairmanship of audit and personnel committees | 10,000 | |||
Membership of audit and personnel committees | 5,000 | |||
Senior independent director’s fee | 10,000 | |||
Overseas meetings (per meeting) | 2,500 |
One-third of the basic fee, or the entire fee in the case of Rana Talwar, is paid in Pearson shares that the non-executive directors have committed to retain for the period of their directorships.
Patrick Cescau’s fee is paid over to his employer.
The board intends to review the level and structure of non-executive directors’ fees in 2007. Any changes to existing arrangements will be set out in the report on directors’ remuneration for 2007.
Non-executive directors serve Pearson under letters of appointment and do not have service contracts. There is no entitlement to compensation on the termination of their directorships.
Remuneration of senior management |
Excluding contributions to pension funds and related benefits, senior management remuneration for 2006 was as follows:
Salaries/ | Annual | |||||||||||||||||||
Fees | incentive(1) | Allowances(2) | Benefits | Total | ||||||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||||||
Chairman | ||||||||||||||||||||
Glen Moreno | 425 | — | — | — | 425 | |||||||||||||||
Executive directors | ||||||||||||||||||||
Marjorie Scardino | 830 | 1,067 | 50 | 15 | 1,962 | |||||||||||||||
David Bell | 425 | 512 | — | 17 | 954 | |||||||||||||||
Rona Fairhead | 470 | 573 | — | 19 | 1,062 | |||||||||||||||
Robin Freestone (appointed June 12, 2006) | 209 | 243 | — | 8 | 460 | |||||||||||||||
John Makinson | 490 | 627 | 183 | 26 | 1,326 | |||||||||||||||
Senior management as a group | 2,849 | 3,022 | 233 | 85 | 6,189 | |||||||||||||||
50
Table of Contents
(1) | For the full year, Robin Freestone’s remuneration was: salary/fees — £315,170; annual incentive — £329,438; benefits — £13,980; total — £658,588. |
(2) | Allowances for Marjorie Scardino include £40,190 in respect of housing costs and a US payroll supplement of £9,646. John Makinson is entitled to a location and market premium in relation to the management of the business of the Penguin Group in the US and received £183,125 for 2006. |
(3) | Benefits include company car, car allowance and health care. Marjorie Scardino, Rona Fairhead, David Bell and John Makinson have the use of a chauffeur. |
(4) | No amounts as compensation for loss of office and no expense allowances chargeable to UK income tax were paid during the year. |
Share options of senior management
This table sets forth for each director the number of share options held as of December 31, 2006 as well as the exercise price, rounded to the nearest whole penny/cent, and the range of expiration dates of these options.
Number of | Exercise | Earliest | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | Options | (1) | Price | Exercise Date | Expiry Date | |||||||||||||||
Marjorie Scardino(2) | 176,556 | a | * | 973.3p | 09/14/01 | 09/14/08 | ||||||||||||||
5,660 | a | * | 1090.0p | 09/14/01 | 09/14/08 | |||||||||||||||
37,583 | c | * | 1372.4p | 06/08/02 | 06/08/09 | |||||||||||||||
37,583 | c | * | 1647.5p | 06/08/02 | 06/08/09 | |||||||||||||||
36,983 | c | 3224.3p | 05/03/03 | 05/03/10 | ||||||||||||||||
41,550 | d | * | 1421.0p | 05/09/02 | 05/09/11 | |||||||||||||||
41,550 | d | * | 1421.0p | 05/09/03 | 05/09/11 | |||||||||||||||
41,550 | d | * | 1421.0p | 05/09/04 | 05/09/11 | |||||||||||||||
41,550 | d | * | 1421.0p | 05/09/05 | 05/09/11 | |||||||||||||||
Total | 460,565 | — | ||||||||||||||||||
David Bell | 20,496 | a | * | 973.3p | 09/14/01 | 09/14/08 | ||||||||||||||
1,142 | b | 494.8p | 08/01/07 | 02/01/08 | ||||||||||||||||
373 | b | 507.6p | 08/01/08 | 02/01/09 | ||||||||||||||||
297 | b | 629.6p | 08/01/09 | 02/01/10 | ||||||||||||||||
18,705 | c | * | 1372.4p | 06/08/02 | 06/08/09 | |||||||||||||||
18,705 | c | * | 1647.5p | 06/08/02 | 06/08/09 | |||||||||||||||
18,686 | c | 3224.3p | 05/03/03 | 05/03/10 | ||||||||||||||||
16,350 | d | * | 1421.0p | 05/09/02 | 05/09/11 | |||||||||||||||
16,350 | d | * | 1421.0p | 05/09/03 | 05/09/11 | |||||||||||||||
16,350 | d | * | 1421.0p | 05/09/04 | 05/09/11 | |||||||||||||||
16,350 | d | * | 1421.0p | 05/09/05 | 05/09/11 | |||||||||||||||
Total | 143,804 | — | ||||||||||||||||||
Rona Fairhead | 1,904 | b | 494.8p | 08/01/07 | 02/01/08 | |||||||||||||||
20,000 | d | * | 822.0p | 11/01/02 | 11/01/11 | |||||||||||||||
20,000 | d | * | 822.0p | 11/01/03 | 11/01/11 | |||||||||||||||
20,000 | d | * | 822.0p | 11/01/04 | 11/01/11 | |||||||||||||||
Total | 61,904 | — | ||||||||||||||||||
51
Table of Contents
Number of | Exercise | Earliest | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | Options | (1) | Price | Exercise Date | Expiry Date | |||||||||||||||
Robin Freestone | 1,866 | b | 507.6p | 08/01/08 | 02/01/09 | |||||||||||||||
Total | 1,866 | — | ||||||||||||||||||
John Makinson | 73,920 | a | * | 676.4p | 09/12/00 | 09/12/07 | ||||||||||||||
30,576 | a | * | 973.3p | 09/14/01 | 09/14/08 | |||||||||||||||
4,178 | b | 424.8p | 08/01/10 | 02/01/11 | ||||||||||||||||
21,477 | c | * | 1372.4p | 06/08/02 | 06/08/09 | |||||||||||||||
21,477 | c | * | 1647.5p | 06/08/02 | 06/08/09 | |||||||||||||||
21,356 | c | 3224.3p | 05/03/03 | 05/03/10 | ||||||||||||||||
19,785 | d | * | 1421.0p | 05/09/02 | 05/09/11 | |||||||||||||||
19,785 | d | * | 1421.0p | 05/09/03 | 05/09/11 | |||||||||||||||
19,785 | d | * | 1421.0p | 05/09/04 | 05/09/11 | |||||||||||||||
19,785 | d | * | 1421.0p | 05/09/05 | 05/09/11 | |||||||||||||||
Total | 252,124 | — | ||||||||||||||||||
(1) | Shares under option are designated as:a executive;b worldwide save for shares;c premium priced; andd long-term incentive; and* where options are exercisable. |
a | Executive |
The plans under which these options were granted were replaced with the introduction of the long-term incentive plan in 2001. No executive options have been granted to the directors since 1998. All options that remain outstanding are exercisable (all performance conditions having already been met prior to 2005) and lapse if they remain unexercised at the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. |
b | Worldwide save for shares |
The acquisition of shares under the worldwide save for shares plan is not subject to the satisfaction of a performance target. |
c | Premium priced |
The plan under which these options were granted was replaced with the introduction of the long-term incentive plan in 2001. No Premium Priced Options (PPOs) have been granted to the directors since 1999. The share price targets for the three-year and five-year tranches of PPOs granted in 1999 have already been met prior to 2006. The share price target for the seven-year tranche of PPOs granted in 1999 was not met in 2006 and the options lapsed. The share price target for the outstanding PPOs granted in 2000 has yet to be met. The secondary real growth in earnings per share target for any PPOs to become exercisable has already been met prior to 2006. | |
All PPOs that remain outstanding lapse if they remain unexercised at the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. |
d | Long-term incentive |
All options that remain outstanding are exercisable and lapse if they remain unexercised at the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. |
(2) | In addition, Marjorie Scardino contributes US$1,000 per month (the maximum allowed) to the US employee stock purchase plan. The terms of this plan allow participants to make monthly contributions for one year and to acquire shares at the end of that period at a price that is the lower of the market price at the beginning or the end of the period, both less 15%. |
Share ownership of senior management
The table below sets forth the number of ordinary shares and restricted shares held by each of our directors as at March 31, 2007. Additional information with respect to share options held by, and bonus
52
Table of Contents
awards for, these persons is set out above in “Remuneration of Senior Management” and “Share Options for Senior Management”. The total number of ordinary shares held by senior management as of March 31, 2007 was 734,913 representing less than 1% of the issued share capital on March 31, 2007.
Ordinary | Restricted | |||||||
As at March 31, 2007 | shares(1) | shares(2) | ||||||
Glen Moreno | 110,000 | — | ||||||
Marjorie Scardino | 216,777 | 1,668,675 | ||||||
David Arculus (appointed February 28, 2006) | 1,317 | — | ||||||
David Bell | 109,578 | 658,625 | ||||||
Terry Burns | 7,349 | — | ||||||
Patrick Cescau | 2,758 | — | ||||||
Rona Fairhead | 62,593 | 750,046 | ||||||
Robin Freestone (appointed June 12, 2006) | 2,089 | 153,435 | ||||||
Susan Fuhrman | 4,163 | — | ||||||
Ken Hydon (appointed February 28, 2006) | 6,317 | — | ||||||
John Makinson | 172,872 | 724,562 | ||||||
Reuben Mark (resigned April 21, 2006) | 16,908 | — | ||||||
Vernon Sankey (resigned April 21, 2006) | 5,563 | — | ||||||
Rana Talwar (resigned April 27, 2007) | 18,683 | — |
(1) | Amounts include shares acquired by individuals under the annual bonus share matching plan and amounts purchased in the market by individuals. |
(2) | Restricted shares comprise awards made under the annual bonus share matching andlong-term incentive plans. The number of shares shown represents the maximum number of shares which may vest, subject to the performance conditions being fulfilled. |
Employee share ownership plans
Worldwide save for shares & US employee share purchase plans |
In 1998, we introduced a worldwide save for shares plan. Under this plan, our employees around the world have the option to save a portion of their monthly salary over periods of three, five or seven years. At the end of this period, the employee has the option to purchase ordinary shares with the accumulated funds at a purchase price equal to 80% of the market price prevailing at the commencement of the employee’s participation in the plan.
In the United States, this plan operates as a stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986. This plan was introduced in 2000 following Pearson’s listing on the New York Stock Exchange. Under it, participants save a portion of their monthly salary over six month periods, at the end of which they have the option to purchase ADRs with their accumulated funds at a purchase price equal to 85% of the lower of the market price prevailing at the beginning or end of the period.
Board Practices
Our board currently comprises the chairman, who is apart-timenon-executive, five executive directors and six (this will be 5 following the resignation of Rana Talwar after April 27, 2007)non-executive directors. Our articles of association provide that at every annual general meeting,one-third of the board of directors, or the number nearest toone-third, shall retire from office. The directors to retire each year are the directors who have been longest in office since their last election or appointment. A retiring director is eligible forre-election. If at any annual general meeting, the place of a retiring director is not filled, the retiring director, if willing, is deemed to have beenre-elected, unless at or prior to such meeting it is expressly resolved not to fill the vacated office, or unless a resolution for there-election of that director has been put to the meeting and
53
Table of Contents
lost. Our articles of association also provide that every director be subject tore-appointment by shareholders at the next annual general meeting following their appointment.
Details of our approach to corporate governance and an account of how we comply with NYSE requirements can be found on our website (www.pearson.com/investor/corpgov.htm).
The board of directors has established the following committees, all of which have written terms of reference setting out their authority and duties:
Audit committee |
This committee provides the board with a vehicle to appraise our financial management and reporting and to assess the integrity of our accounting procedures and financial controls. Ken Hydon chairs this committee and its other members are David Arculus, Patrick Cescau and Susan Fuhrman. Ken Hydon is also the designated audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the applicable rules and regulations of the US Securities and Exchange Commission. Our internal and external auditors have direct access to the committee to raise any matter of concern and to report the results of work directed by the committee. The committee reports to the full board of directors.
Personnel committee |
This committee meets regularly to decide the remuneration and benefits of the executive directors and the chief executives of our three operating divisions. The committee also recommends the chairman’s remuneration to the board of directors for its decision and reviews management development and succession plans. David Arculus chairs this committee and its other members are Terry Burns, Rana Talwar and, since 1 January 2007, Glen Moreno.
Nomination committee |
This committee meets from time to time as necessary to consider the appointment of new directors. The committee is chaired by Glen Moreno and comprises Marjorie Scardino and all of thenon-executive directors.
Treasury committee |
Following a review of the board committees by the new chairman during 2006, it was decided to disband the treasury committee, dividing its responsibilities between the board (with regard to approval of treasury policies) and the audit committee (to monitor compliance with these policies).
Employees
The average numbers of persons employed by us during each of the three fiscal years ended 2006 were as follows:
• | 34,341 in fiscal 2006 | |
• | 32,203 in fiscal 2005, and | |
• | 33,086 in fiscal 2004. |
We, through our subsidiaries, have entered into collective bargaining agreements with employees in various locations. Our management has no reason to believe that we would not be able to renegotiate any such agreements on satisfactory terms. We encourage employees to contribute actively to the business in the context of their particular job roles and believe that the relations with our employees are generally good.
54
Table of Contents
The table set forth below shows for 2006, 2005 and 2004 the average number of persons employed in each of our operating divisions.
Average number employed | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||
School | 11,064 | 10,133 | 10,403 | |||||||||
Higher Education | 4,368 | 4,196 | 4,087 | |||||||||
Professional | 3,754 | 3,809 | 3,368 | |||||||||
Penguin | 3,943 | 4,051 | 4,085 | |||||||||
FT Publishing | 2,285 | 1,952 | 1,989 | |||||||||
IDC | 2,200 | 1,956 | 1,826 | |||||||||
Other | 1,669 | 1,573 | 1,365 | |||||||||
Continuing operations | 29,283 | 27,670 | 27,123 | |||||||||
Discontinued operations | 5,058 | 4,533 | 5,963 | |||||||||
Total | 34,341 | 32,203 | 33,086 | |||||||||
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
To our knowledge, as of February 28, 2007, the only beneficial owners of 3% or more of our issued and outstanding ordinary share capital were Franklin Resources Inc. which owned 103,908,285 ordinary shares representing 12.9% of our outstanding ordinary shares, FMR Corp. and Fidelity International Limited which owned 49,800,888 ordinary shares representing 6.2% of our outstanding ordinary shares and Legal and General Group plc which owned 28,868,364 ordinary shares representing 3.6% of our outstanding ordinary shares. On February 28, 2007, record holders with registered addresses in the United States held 36,623,444 ADRs, which represented 4.5% of our outstanding ordinary shares. Because some of these ADRs are held by nominees, these numbers may not accurately represent the number of beneficial owners in the United States.
Loans and equity advanced to joint ventures and associates during the year and as at December 31, 2006 are shown in note 13 in “Item 17. Financial Statements.” Amounts due from joint ventures and associates are set out in note 19 and dividends receivable from joint ventures and associates are set out in note 13 in “Item 17. Financial Statements”. There were no other related party transactions in 2006.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report are included on pages F-1 throughF-70 hereof.
Other than those events described in note 35 in “Item 17. Financial Statements” of this Form 20-F and seasonal fluctuations in borrowings, there has been no significant change to our financial condition or results of operations since December 31, 2006. Our borrowings fluctuate by season due to the effect of the school year on the working capital requirements of the educational book business. Assuming no acquisitions or disposals, our maximum level of net debt normally occurs in July, and our minimum level of net debt normally occurs in December.
Our policy with respect to dividend distributions is described in response to “Item 3. Key Information” above.
Legal Proceedings
We and our subsidiaries are defendants in a number of legal proceedings including, from time to time, government and arbitration proceedings, which are incidental to our and their operations. We do not expect that the outcome of pending proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a significant effect on our financial position or profitability nor have any such proceedings had any such effect in the recent past. To our knowledge, there are no material proceedings in which any member of senior management or any of
55
Table of Contents
our affiliates is a party adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries or in respect of which any of those persons has a material interest adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries.
ITEM 9. | THE OFFER AND LISTING |
The principal trading market for our ordinary shares is the London Stock Exchange. Our ordinary shares also trade in the United States in the form of ADSs evidenced by ADRs under a sponsored ADR facility with The Bank of New York as depositary. We established this facility in March 1995 and amended it in August 2000 in connection with our New York Stock Exchange listing. Each ADS represents one ordinary share.
The ADSs trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PSO”.
The following table sets forth the highest and lowest middle market quotations, which represent the average of closing bid and asked prices, for the ordinary shares, as derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange and the average daily trading volume on the London Stock Exchange:
• | on an annual basis for our five most recent fiscal years, | |
• | on a quarterly basis for our most recent quarter and two most recent fiscal years, and | |
• | on a monthly basis for the six most recent months. |
Ordinary | |||||||||||||
shares | |||||||||||||
Average daily | |||||||||||||
Reference period | High | Low | trading volume | ||||||||||
(Ordinary shares) | |||||||||||||
(In pence) | |||||||||||||
Five most recent fiscal years | |||||||||||||
2006 | 811 | 671 | 5,004,500 | ||||||||||
2005 | 695 | 608 | 5,296,700 | ||||||||||
2004 | 682 | 579 | 6,219,200 | ||||||||||
2003 | 680 | 430 | 6,631,800 | ||||||||||
2002 | 922 | 505 | 6,164,500 | ||||||||||
Most recent quarter and two most recent fiscal years | |||||||||||||
2007 First quarter | 842 | 762 | 5,864,200 | ||||||||||
2006 Fourth quarter | 796 | 742 | 3,979,500 | ||||||||||
Third quarter | 767 | 689 | 3,900,700 | ||||||||||
Second quarter | 798 | 688 | 5,728,800 | ||||||||||
First quarter | 812 | 671 | 6,395,400 | ||||||||||
2005 Fourth quarter | 692 | 616 | 4,947,900 | ||||||||||
Third quarter | 695 | 652 | 4,860,700 | ||||||||||
Second quarter | 668 | 628 | 5,823,300 | ||||||||||
First quarter | 662 | 608 | 5,626,100 | ||||||||||
Most recent six months | |||||||||||||
March 2007 | 872 | 783 | 8,538,000 | ||||||||||
February 2007 | 834 | 790 | 4,812,500 | ||||||||||
January 2007 | 842 | 762 | 6,380,300 | ||||||||||
December 2006 | 781 | 742 | 4,378,900 | ||||||||||
November 2006 | 789 | 751 | 3,509,000 | ||||||||||
October 2006 | 796 | 761 | 4,099,600 |
56
Table of Contents
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Memorandum and articles of association
We summarize below the material provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, as amended, which have been filed as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003. The summary below is qualified entirely by reference to the Memorandum and Articles of Association. We have multiple business objectives and purposes and are authorized to do such things as the board may consider to further our interests or incidental or conducive to the attainment of our objectives and purposes.
Directors’ powers |
Our business shall be managed by the board of directors and the board may exercise all such of our powers as are not required by law or by the Articles of Association to be exercised by resolution of the shareholders in general meeting.
Interested directors |
A director shall not be disqualified from contracting with us by virtue of his or her office or from having any other interest, whether direct or indirect, in any contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of us. An interested director must declare the nature of his or her interest in any contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of us in accordance with the Companies Act 1985. Provided that the director has declared his interest and acted in accordance with law, no such contract or arrangement shall be avoided and no director so contracting or being interested shall be liable to account to us for any profit realized by him from the contract or arrangement by reason of the director holding his office or the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A director may not vote on any contract or arrangement or any other proposal in which he or she has, together with any interest of any person connected with him or her, an interest which is, to his or her knowledge, a material interest, otherwise than by virtue of his or her interests in shares, debentures or other securities of or otherwise in or through us. If a question arises as to the materiality of a director’s interest or his or her entitlement to vote and the director does not voluntarily agree to abstain from voting, that question will be referred to the chairman of the board or, if the chairman also is interested, to a person appointed by the other directors who is not interested. The ruling of the chairman or that other person, as the case may be, will be final and conclusive. A director will not be counted in the quorum at a meeting in relation to any resolution on which he or she is prohibited from voting.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director will be entitled to vote, and be counted in the quorum, on any resolution concerning any of the following matters:
• | the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him or her or by any other person at the request of or for the benefit of us or any of our subsidiaries; | |
• | the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of ours or any of our subsidiaries for which he or she has assumed responsibility in whole or in part and whether alone or jointly with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security; | |
• | any proposal relating to us or any of our subsidiaries where we are offering securities in which a director is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of securities or in the underwriting orsub-underwriting of which a director is to participate; | |
• | any proposal relating to an arrangement for the benefit of our employees or any of our subsidiaries that does not award him or her any privilege or benefit not generally awarded to the employees to whom such arrangement relates; and | |
• | any proposal concerning insurance that we propose to maintain or purchase for the benefit of directors or for the benefit of persons, including directors. |
57
Table of Contents
Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment of two or more directors to offices or employment with us or any company in which we are interested, these proposals may be divided and considered separately and each of these directors, if not prohibited from voting under the proviso of the fourth clause above, will be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum with respect to each resolution except that concerning his or her own appointment.
Borrowing powers |
The board of directors may exercise all powers to borrow money and to mortgage or charge our undertaking, property and uncalled capital and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any of our or any third party’s debts, liabilities or obligations. The board of directors must restrict the borrowings in order to secure that the aggregate amount of undischarged monies borrowed by us (and any of our subsidiaries), but excluding anyintra-group debts, shall not at any time exceed a sum equal to twice the aggregate of the adjusted capital and reserves, unless the shareholders in general meeting sanction an excession of this limitation.
Other provisions relating to directors |
Under the articles of association, directors are paid out of our funds for their services as we may from time to time determine by ordinary resolution and, in the case ofnon-executive directors, up to an aggregate of £500,000 or such other amounts as resolved by the shareholders at a general meeting. Directors currently are not required to be qualified by owning our shares. Changes to the Companies Act, which came into force on April 7, 2007, now permit the appointment of a director age 70 or over.
Annual general meetings and extraordinary general meetings |
Shareholders’ meetings may be either annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings. However, the following matters are ordinarily transacted at an annual general meeting:
• | sanctioning or declaring dividends; | |
• | consideration of the accounts and balance sheet; | |
• | ordinary reports of the board of directors and auditors and any other documents required to be annexed to the balance sheet; | |
• | as holders of ordinary shares vote for the election ofone-third of the members of the board of directors at every annual general meeting, the appointment or election of directors in the place of those retiring by rotation or otherwise; | |
• | appointment or reappointment of, and determination of the remuneration of, the auditors; and | |
• | the renewal, limitation, extension, variation or grant of any authority of or to the board, pursuant to the Companies Act 1985, to allot securities. |
Business transacted at an extraordinary general meeting may also be transacted at an annual general meeting.
We hold a general meeting as our annual general meeting within fifteen months after the date of the preceding annual general meeting, at a place and time determined by the board. The board may call an extraordinary general meeting at any time and for any reason. The board must convene an extraordinary general meeting if requested to do so by shareholders holding not less thanone-tenth of our issued share capital.
Three shareholders present in person and entitled to vote will constitute a quorum for any general meeting. If a quorum for a meeting convened at the request of shareholders is not present within fifteen minutes of the appointed time, the meeting will be dissolved. In any other case, the general meeting will be adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, or to a time and place that the chairman fixes. If at that rescheduled meeting a quorum is not present within fifteen minutes from the time
58
Table of Contents
appointed for holding the meeting, the shareholders present in person or by proxy will be a quorum. The chairman or, in his absence, the deputy chairman or any other director nominated by the board, will preside as chairman at every general meeting. If no director is present at the general meeting or no director consents to act as chairman, the shareholders present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
Ordinary shares |
Certificates representing ordinary shares are issued in registered form and, subject to the terms of issue of those shares, are issued following allotment or receipt of the form of transfer bearing the appropriate stamp duty by our registrar, Lloyds Bank Registrars, The Causeway, Worthing, West Sussex BN99 6DA, United Kingdom, telephone number +44-1903-502-541.
Share capital |
Any share may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or other restrictions as we may determine by way of a shareholders’ vote in general meeting. Subject to the Companies Act 1985, any shares may be issued on terms that they are, or at our or the shareholders’ option are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as we, before the issue of the shares, may by special resolution of the shareholders, determine.
There are no provisions in the Articles of Association which discriminate against any existing or prospective shareholder as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of shares.
Subject to the terms of the shares which have been issued, the directors may from time to time make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares, provided that (subject to the terms of the shares so issued) no call on any share shall be payable at less than fourteen clear days from the last call. The directors may, if they see fit, receive from any shareholder willing to advance the same, all and any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him.
Changes in capital |
We may from time to time, by ordinary resolution:
• | consolidate and divide our share capital into shares of a larger amount than its existing shares; or | |
• | sub-divide all of or any of our existing shares into shares of smaller amounts than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association, subject to the Companies Act 1985; or | |
• | cancel any shares which, at the date of passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled. |
We may, from time to time, by ordinary resolution increase our share capital and, by special resolution, decrease our share capital, capital redemption reserve fund and any share premium account in any way.
Voting rights |
Every holder of ordinary shares present in person at a meeting of shareholders has one vote on a vote taken by a show of hands. On a poll, every holder of ordinary shares who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every ordinary share of which he or she is the holder. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll is properly demanded before the declaration of the results of a show of hands. A poll may be demanded by:
• | the chairman of the meeting; | |
• | at least three shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote; | |
• | any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy representing not less thanone-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting; or |
59
Table of Contents
• | any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy holding shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which the aggregate sum paid up is equal to not less thanone-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right. |
Dividends |
Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends out of our profits that are available by law for distribution, as we may declare by ordinary resolution, subject to the terms of issue thereof. However, no dividends may be declared in excess of an amount recommended by the board of directors. The board may pay interim dividends to the shareholders as it deems fit. We may invest or otherwise use all dividends left unclaimed for six months after having been declared for our benefit, until claimed. All dividends unclaimed for a period of twelve years after having been declared will be forfeited and revert to us.
The directors may, with the sanction of a resolution of the shareholders, offer any holders of ordinary shares the right to elect to receive ordinary shares credited as fully paid, in whole or in part, instead of cash in respect of such dividend.
The directors may deduct from any dividend payable to any shareholder all sums of money (if any) presently payable by that shareholder to us on account of calls or otherwise in relation to our shares.
Liquidation rights |
In the event of our liquidation, after payment of all liabilities, our remaining assets would be used to repay the holders of ordinary shares the amount they paid for their ordinary shares. Any balance would be divided among the holders of ordinary shares in proportion to the nominal amount of the ordinary shares held by them.
Other provisions of the articles of association |
Whenever our capital is divided into different classes of shares, the special rights attached to any class may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of the issue of the shares of that class, be varied or abrogated, either with the written consent of the holders ofthree-fourths of the issued shares of the class or with the sanction of an extraordinary resolution passed at a separate meeting of these holders.
In the event that a shareholder or other person appearing to the board of directors to be interested in ordinary shares fails to comply with a notice requiring him or her to provide information with respect to their interest in voting shares pursuant to section 212 of the Companies Act 1985, we may serve that shareholder with a notice of default. After service of a default notice, that shareholder shall not be entitled to attend or vote at any general meeting or at a separate meeting of holders of a class of shares or on a poll until he or she has complied in full with our information request.
If the shares described in the default notice represent at leastone-fourth of 1% in nominal value of the issued ordinary shares, then the default notice may additionally direct that in respect of those shares:
• | we will not pay dividends (or issue shares in lieu of dividends); and | |
• | we will not register transfers of shares unless the shareholder is not himself in default as regards supplying the information requested and the transfer, when presented for registration, is in such form as the board of directors may require to the effect that after due and careful inquiry, the shareholder is satisfied that no person in default is interested in any of the ordinary shares which are being transferred or the transfer is an approved transfer, as defined in our articles of association. |
No provision of our articles of association expressly governs the ordinary share ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed. Under the Companies Act 1985, any person who acquires, either alone or, in specified circumstances, with others:
• | a material interest in our voting share capital equal to or in excess of 3%; or | |
• | a non-material interest equal to or in excess of 10%, |
60
Table of Contents
comes under an obligation to disclose prescribed particulars to us in respect of those ordinary shares. A disclosure obligation also arises where a person’s notifiable interests fall below the notifiable percentage, or where, above that level, the percentage of our voting share capital in which a person has a notifiable interest increases or decreases.
Limitations affecting holders of ordinary shares or ADSs |
Under English law and our memorandum and articles of association, persons who are neither UK residents nor UK nationals may freely hold, vote and transfer ordinary shares in the same manner as UK residents or nationals.
With respect to the items discussed above, applicable UK law is not materially different from applicable US law.
Material contracts
The following summaries are not intended to be complete and reference is made to the contracts themselves, which are included, or incorporated by reference, as exhibits to this annual report. We have entered into the following contracts outside the ordinary course of business during the two year period immediately preceding the date of this annual report:
Issuance of $350,000,000 4.70% Guaranteed Senior Notes due 2009 and $400,000,000 5.70% Guaranteed Senior Notes due 2014 |
Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Pearson Dollar Finance plc, issued $350m principal amount of 4.70% senior notes due 2009 and $400m principal amount of 5.70% senior notes due 2014, in each case fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Pearson plc, under an indenture dated May 25, 2004 between Pearson Dollar Finance plc, Pearson plc and The Bank of New York, as trustee. The firstsemi-annual interest payment was made on December 1, 2004. Pearson Dollar Finance may redeem the notes at any time, in whole or in part, at its option.
The indenture describes the circumstances that would be considered events of default. If an event of default occurs, other than an insolvency or bankruptcy of Pearson Dollar Finance plc, Pearson plc or a principal subsidiary of Pearson plc (as defined in the indenture), the holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the then outstanding notes may declare the notes, along with accrued but unpaid interest and other amounts described in the indenture, as immediately due and payable. In the event of an insolvency or bankruptcy of Pearson Dollar Finance plc, Pearson plc or a principal subsidiary of Pearson plc (as defined in the indenture), the principal of all outstanding notes shall become due and payable immediately.
The indenture limits our ability to create liens to secure certain types of debt intended to be listed or traded on an exchange.
Issuance of $300,000,000 4.625% Senior Notes due 2018 |
We issued $300m principal amount of 4.625% senior notes due 2018 under an indenture dated June 23, 2003 between us and The Bank of New York, as trustee. The firstsemi-annual interest payment was made on December 15, 2003. We may redeem the notes at any time, in whole or in part, at our option.
The indenture describes the circumstances that would be considered events of default. If an event of default occurs, other than the insolvency or bankruptcy of us or a principal subsidiary (as defined in the indenture), the holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the then outstanding notes may declare the notes, along with accrued, but unpaid, interest and other amounts described in the indenture, as immediately due and payable.
The indenture limits our ability to create liens to secure certain types of debt intended to be listed or traded on an exchange.
61
Table of Contents
Executive employment contracts |
We have entered into agreements with each of our executive directors pursuant to which such executive director is employed by us. These agreements describe the duties of such executive director and the compensation to be paid by us. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management & Employees — Compensation of Senior Management”. Each agreement may be terminated by us on 12 months’ notice or by the executive director on six months’ notice. In the event we terminate any executive director without giving the full 12 months’ advance notice, the executive director is entitled to receive liquidated damages equal to 12 months base salary and benefits together with a proportion of potential bonus.
Exchange controls
There are no UK government laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation which restrict or which may affect the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by us or the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to nonresident holders of our securities, except as otherwise described under “ — Tax Considerations” below.
Tax considerations
The following is a discussion of the material US federal income tax considerations and UK tax considerations arising from the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares and ADSs by a US holder. A US holder is:
• | an individual citizen or resident of the US, | |
• | a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any of its political subdivisions, or | |
• | an estate or trust the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source. |
This discussion deals only with ordinary shares and ADSs that are held as capital assets by a US holder, and does not address tax considerations applicable to US holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as:
• | dealers or traders in securities or currencies, | |
• | financial institutions or other US holders that treat income in respect of the ordinary shares or ADSs as financial services income, | |
• | insurance companies, | |
• | tax-exempt entities, | |
• | US holders that hold the ordinary shares or ADSs as a part of a straddle or conversion transaction or other arrangement involving more than one position, | |
• | US holders that own, or are deemed for US tax purposes to own, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock, | |
• | US holders that have a principal place of business or “tax home” outside the United States, or | |
• | US holders whose “functional currency” is not the US dollar. |
For US federal income tax purposes, holders of ADSs will be treated as the owners of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs.
In addition, the following discussion assumes that The Bank of New York will perform its obligations as depositary in accordance with the terms of the depositary agreement and any related agreements.
Because US and UK tax consequences may differ from one holder to the next, the discussion set out below does not purport to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to you and your particular situation. Accordingly, you are advised to consult your own tax advisor as to the US federal, state
62
Table of Contents
and local, UK and other, including foreign, tax consequences of investing in the ordinary shares or ADSs. The statements of US and UK tax law set out below are based on the laws and interpretations in force as of the date of this Annual Report, and are subject to any changes occurring after that date.
UK income taxation of distributions |
The United Kingdom does not impose dividend withholding tax on dividends paid to US holders.
US income taxation of distributions |
Distributions that we make with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, other than distributions in liquidation and distributions in redemption of stock that are treated as exchanges, will be taxed to US holders as ordinary dividend income to the extent that the distributions do not exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits. The amount of any distribution will equal the amount of the cash distribution. Distributions, if any, in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute anon-taxable return of capital to a US holder and will be applied against and reduce the US holder’s tax basis in its ordinary shares or ADSs. To the extent that these distributions exceed the tax basis of the US holder in its ordinary shares or ADSs, the excess generally will be treated as capital gain.
Dividends that we pay will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to US corporations under Section 243 of the Code.
In the case of distributions in pounds, the amount of the distributions generally will equal the US dollar value of the pounds distributed, determined by reference to the spot currency exchange rate on the date of receipt of the distribution by the US holder in the case of shares or by The Bank of New York in the case of ADSs, regardless of whether the US holder reports income on a cash basis or an accrual basis. The US holder will realize separate foreign currency gain or loss only to the extent that this gain or loss arises on the actual disposition of pounds received. For US holders claiming tax credits on a cash basis, taxes withheld from the distribution are translated into US dollars at the spot rate on the date of the distribution; for US holders claiming tax credits on an accrual basis, taxes withheld from the distribution are translated into US dollars at the average rate for the taxable year.
A distribution by the Company to noncorporate shareholders before 2011 will be taxed as net capital gain at a maximum rate of 15%, provided certain holding periods are met, to the extent such distribution is treated as a dividend under U.S. federal income tax principles.
UK income taxation of capital gains |
Under the Income Tax Treaty, each country generally may tax capital gains in accordance with the provisions of its domestic law. Under present UK law, a US holder that is not a resident, and, in the case of an individual, not ordinarily resident, in the United Kingdom for UK tax purposes and who does not carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency to which ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable will not be liable for UK taxation on capital gains or eligible for relief for allowable losses, realized on the sale or other disposal (including redemption) of these ordinary shares or ADSs.
US income taxation of capital gains |
Upon a sale or exchange of ordinary shares or ADSs to a person other than Pearson, a US holder will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or exchange and the US holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Any gain or loss recognized will be capital gain or loss and will belong-term capital gain or loss if the US holder has held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year.Long-term capital gain of a noncorporate US holder is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. Thislong-term capital gain rate is scheduled to expire in 2011.
Gain or loss realized by a US holder on the sale or exchange of ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be treated asUS-source gain or loss for US foreign tax credit purposes.
63
Table of Contents
Estate and gift tax |
The current Estate and Gift Tax Convention, or the Convention, between the United States and the United Kingdom generally relieves from UK Inheritance Tax (the equivalent of US Estate and Gift Tax) the transfer of ordinary shares or of ADSs where the transferor is domiciled in the United States, for the purposes of the Convention. This relief will not apply if the ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business property of an individual’s permanent establishment in the United Kingdom or pertain to the fixed base in the United Kingdom of a person providing independent personal services. If no relief is given under the Convention, inheritance tax may be charged on the amount by which the value of the transferor’s estate is reduced as a result of any transfer made by way of gift or other gratuitous transfer by an individual, in general within seven years of death, or on the death of an individual. In the unusual case where ordinary shares or ADSs are subject to both UK Inheritance Tax and US Estate or Gift Tax, the Convention generally provides for tax paid in the United Kingdom to be credited against tax payable in the United States or for tax paid in the United States to be credited against tax payable in the United Kingdom based on priority rules set forth in the Convention.
Stamp duty |
No stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) will be payable in the United Kingdom on the purchase or transfer of an ADS, provided that the ADS, and any separate instrument or written agreement of transfer, remain at all times outside the United Kingdom and that the instrument or written agreement of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom. Stamp duty or SDRT is, however, generally payable at the rate of 1.5% of the amount or value of the consideration or, in some circumstances, the value of the ordinary shares, where ordinary shares are issued or transferred to a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts, or to a nominee or agent for such a person.
A transfer for value of the underlying ordinary shares will generally be subject to either stamp duty or SDRT, normally at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration. A transfer of ordinary shares from a nominee to its beneficial owner, including the transfer of underlying ordinary shares from the Depositary to an ADS holder, under which no beneficial interest passes is subject to stamp duty at the fixed rate of £5.00 per instrument of transfer.
Close company status |
We believe that the close company provisions of the UK Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 do not apply to us.
Documents on display
Copies of our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the material contracts described above and filed as exhibits to this Annual Report and certain other documents referred to in this Annual Report are available for inspection at our registered office at 80 Strand, London WC2R 0RL (c/o the Company Secretary), or, in the United States, at the registered office of Pearson Inc. at 1330 Avenue of the Americas, 7th Floor, New York, New York, during usual business hours upon reasonable prior request.
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Introduction
Our principal market risks are changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates. Following an evaluation of these positions, we selectively enter into derivative financial instruments to manage our risk exposure. For this purpose, we primarily use interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and collars, forward rate agreements, currency swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts. Managing market risks is the responsibility of the Chief Financial Officer, who acts pursuant to policies approved by the board of directors. The Audit Committee receives regular reports on our treasury activities, and we periodically meet with external advisers to review our activities.
64
Table of Contents
We have a policy of not undertaking any speculative transactions, and we do not hold our derivative and other financial instruments for trading purposes.
We have formulated policies for hedging exposures to interest rate and foreign exchange risk, and have used derivatives to ensure compliance with these policies. Although the majority of our derivative contracts were transacted without regard to existing US GAAP requirements on hedge accounting, during 2006 and 2005 we qualified for hedge accounting under US GAAP on a number of our key derivative contracts.
The following discussion addresses market risk only and does not present other risks that we face in the normal course of business, including country risk, credit risk and legal risk.
Interest rates
The Group’s financial exposure to interest rates arises primarily from its borrowings. The Group manages its exposure by borrowing at fixed and variable rates of interest, and by entering into derivative transactions. Objectives approved by the board concerning the proportion of debt outstanding at fixed rates govern the use of these financial instruments.
The Group’s objectives are applied to core net debt, which is measured at the year-end and comprises borrowings net of cash and other liquid funds. Our objective is to maintain a proportion of forecast core net debt in fixed or capped form for the next four years, subject to a maximum of 65% and a minimum that starts at 40% and falls by 10% each year.
The principal method of hedging interest rate risk is to enter into an agreement with a bank counterparty to pay a fixed-rate and receive a variable rate, known as a swap. Under interest rate swaps, the Group agrees with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed-rate and variable-rate amounts calculated by reference to an agreed notional principal amount. The majority of the company’s swap contracts are US dollar denominated, and some of them have deferred start dates, in order to maintain the desired risk profile as other contracts mature. The variable rates received are normally based on three-month or six-month LIBOR, and the dates on which these rates are set do not necessarily exactly match those of the hedged borrowings. Management believes that our portfolio of these types of swaps is an efficient hedge of our portfolio of variable rate borrowings.
In addition, from time to time, the Group issues bonds or other capital market instruments to refinance existing debt. To avoid the fixed rate on a single transaction unduly influencing our overall net interest expense, our practice is to enter into a related derivative contract effectively converting the interest rate profile of the bond transaction to a variable interest rate. In some cases, the bond issue was denominated in a different currency to the Group’s desired borrowing risk profile and the Group entered into a related cross currency interest rate swap in order to maintain this risk profile, which is predominantly borrowings denominated in US dollars.
The Group’s accounting objective in its use of interest rate derivatives is to minimize the impact on the income statement of changes in the mark-to-market value of its derivative portfolio as a whole. It uses duration calculations to estimate the sensitivity of the derivatives to movements in market rates. The Group also identifies which derivatives are eligible for fair value hedge accounting (which reduces significantly the income statement impact of changes in the market value of a derivative). The Group then divides the total portfolio betweenhedge-accounted and pooled segments, so that the expected movement on the pooled segment is minimized.
Currency exchange rates
Although the Group is based in the United Kingdom, it has significant investments in overseas operations. The most significant currency in which the Group trades is the US dollar.
The Group’s policy is to align approximately the currency composition of its core net borrowings with its forecast operating profit (from February 2007, the policy is amended slightly to align core net borrowings with forecast operating profit before depreciation and amortization). This policy aims to dampen the impact of
65
Table of Contents
changes in foreign exchange rates on consolidated interest cover and earnings. This policy applies only to currencies that account for more than 15% of group operating profit, which currently is only the US dollar. However, the Group still borrows small amounts in other currencies, typically for seasonal working capital needs. In addition, the Group currently expects to hold its legacy borrowings in euros and sterling to their maturity dates: the Group’s policy does not require existing currency debt to be terminated to match declines in that currency’s share of group operating profit. At December 31, 2006 the Group’s net borrowings/(cash) in our main currencies (taking into account the effect of cross currency rate swaps) were: US dollar £979m, euro £158m and sterling £30m.
The Group uses both currency denominated debt and derivative instruments to implement the above policy. Its intention is that gains/losses on the derivatives and debt offset the losses/gains on the foreign currency assets and income. Each quarter the value of hedging instruments is monitored against the assets in the relevant currency and, where practical, a decision is made whether to treat the debt or derivative as a net investment hedge (permitting foreign exchange movements on it to be taken to reserves) for the purposes of reporting under IFRS and US GAAP.
Investments in overseas operations are consolidated for accounting purposes by translating values in one currency to another currency, in particular from US dollars to sterling. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates affect the currency values recorded in our accounts, although they do not give rise to any realized gain or loss, nor to any currency cash flows.
The Group is also exposed to currency exchange rates in its cash transactions and its investments in overseas operations. Cash transactions — typically for purchases, sales, interest or dividends — require cash conversions between currencies. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates affect the cash amounts that the Group pays or receives.
Forward foreign exchange contracts
The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts where a specific major project or forecasted cash flow, including acquisitions and disposals, arises from a business decision that has used a specific foreign exchange rate. The Group’s policy is to effect routine transactional conversions between currencies, for example to collect receivables or settle payables, at the relevant spot exchange rate.
The Group seeks to offset purchases and sales in the same currency, even if they do not occur simultaneously. In addition, its debt and cash portfolios management gives rise to temporary currency shortfalls and surpluses. Both of these activities require usingshort-dated foreign exchange swaps between currencies.
Although the Group prepares its consolidated financial statements in sterling, significant sums have been invested in overseas assets, particularly in the United States. Therefore, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly between the US dollar and sterling, and to a lesser extent between the euro and sterling, are likely to affect shareholders’ funds and other accounting values.
Derivatives
Under both IFRS and US GAAP, the Group is required to record all derivative instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives not classified as hedges are adjusted to fair value through earnings. Changes in fair value of the derivatives that the Group has designated and that qualify as effective hedges are recorded in either other comprehensive income or earnings. Any ineffective portion of derivatives that are classified as hedges is immediately recognized in earnings.
In 2006 and 2005 the Group met the prescribed designation requirements and hedge effectiveness tests under US GAAP for some of its derivative contracts. As a result, the movements in the fair value of the effective portion of fair value hedges and net investment hedges have been offset in earnings and other comprehensive income respectively by the corresponding movement in the fair value of the underlying hedged item.
66
Table of Contents
In line with the Group’s treasury policy, none of these instruments were considered trading instruments and each instrument was transacted solely to match an underlying financial exposure.
Quantitative information about market risk |
The sensitivity of the Group’s derivative portfolio to changes in interest rates is found in note 16 to the financial statements.
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
None.
ITEM 14. | MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS |
None.
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure controls and procedures
An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2006 was carried out by us under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based on that evaluation the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that Pearson’s disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to provide, and are effective in providing, reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive and financial officers, as appropriate to allow such timely decision regarding required disclosures. A controls system, no matter how well designed and operated cannot provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow such timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS, including the reconciliations required under US GAAP.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as at December 31, 2006, and has concluded that such internal control over financial reporting was effective.
67
Table of Contents
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2006, has also audited management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting under Auditing Standard No. 2 of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Their audit report is included under “Item 17. Financial Statements” page F-2.
Change in internal control over financial reporting
During the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, Pearson has made no changes to its internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect Pearson’s internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
The members of the Board of Directors of Pearson plc have determined that Vernon Sankey was an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the applicable rules and regulations of the US Securities and Exchange Commission for the period until April 21, 2006. The members of the Board of Directors of Pearson plc have determined that Ken Hydon is an audit committee financial expert, for subsequent periods.
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
Pearson has adopted a code of ethics (the Pearson code of business conduct) which applies to all employees including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and other senior financial management. This code of ethics is available on our website (www.pearson.com/investor/corpgov.htm). The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
In 2003, the audit committee adopted a revised policy for external auditor services. The policy requires all audit engagements undertaken by our external auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, to be approved by the audit committee. The policy permits the auditors to be engaged for other services provided the engagement is specifically approved in advance by the committee or alternatively meets the detailed criteria of specific pre-approved services and is notified to the committee.
The Group Chief Financial Officer can procure pre-approved services, as defined in the audit committee’s policy for auditor services, of up to an amount of £100,000 per engagement, subject to a cumulative limit of £500,000 per year. The limit of £100,000 will be subject to annual review by the audit committee. Where pre-approval has not been granted for a service or where the amount is above these limits, specific case by case approval must be obtained from the audit committee prior to the engagement of our auditor.
Auditors’ Remuneration | 2006 | 2005 | ||||||
£m | £m | |||||||
Audit fees | 5 | 4 | ||||||
Audit-related fees | 4 | — | ||||||
Tax fees | 1 | 1 | ||||||
All other fees | 1 | 2 |
68
Table of Contents
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
ITEM 16E. | PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASES |
Maximum | ||||||||||||||||
number | ||||||||||||||||
Total number of | of shares that | |||||||||||||||
units purchased | may yet be | |||||||||||||||
as part of publicly | purchased under | |||||||||||||||
Total number of | Average price | announced plans | the plans or | |||||||||||||
Period | shares purchased | paid per share | or programs | programs | ||||||||||||
March 1, 2006 - March 31, 2006 | 900,000 | £ 7.40 | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||
May 1, 2006 - May 31, 2006 | 900,000 | £ 7.67 | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||
August 1, 2006 - August 31, 2006 | 900,000 | £ 7.43 | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||
December 1, 2006 - December 31, 2006 | 2,000,000 | £ 7.73 | N/A | N/A |
Purchases of shares were made to satisfy obligations under Pearson employee share award programs. All purchases were made in open-market transactions. None of the foregoing share purchases was made as part of a publicly announced plan or program.
PART III
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report are included on pages F-1 through F-79 hereof.
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We have elected to respond to Item 17.
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
1.1 | Memorandum and Articles of Association of Pearson plc.† | |
2.1 | Indenture dated June 23, 2003 between Pearson plc and The Bank of New York, as trustee.† | |
2.2 | Indenture dated May 25, 2004 among Pearson Dollar Finance plc, as Issuer, Pearson plc, Guarantor, and the Bank of New York, as Trustee, Paying Agent and Calculation Agent.# | |
4.1 | Letter Agreement dated January 28, 2005 between Pearson plc and Peter Jovanovich.# | |
8.1 | List of Significant Subsidiaries. | |
12.1 | Certification of Chief Executive Officer. | |
12.2 | Certification of Chief Financial Officer. | |
13.1 | Certification of Chief Executive Officer. | |
13.2 | Certification of Chief Financial Officer. | |
15 | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. |
† | Incorporated by reference from the Form 20-F of Pearson plc for the year ended December 31, 2003 and filed May 7, 2004. |
# | Incorporated by reference from the Form 20-F of Pearson plc for the year ended December 31, 2004 and filed June 27, 2005. |
69
Table of Contents
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page | ||||
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | F-2 | |||
Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 | F-4 | |||
Statement of Recognized Income and Expense for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 | F-5 | |||
Consolidated Balance Sheet as at December 31, 2006 and 2005 | F-5 | |||
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 | F-7 | |||
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Staetments | F-8 |
F-1
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Pearson plc
We have completed an integrated audit of Pearson plc’s December 31, 2006 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 and an audit of its December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.
Consolidated financial statements
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated income statements and the related consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of cash flows and, consolidated statements of recognised income and expense present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pearson plc and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) at December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the results of their operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statements presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 1, the Group adopted International Accounting Standard (IAS) 32 “Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation”, and IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”, prospectively from 1 January 2005. As discussed in Note 31 to the consolidated financial statements, during the year ended December 31, 2006, the Group reclassified investment in pre-publication assets from cash used in investing activities to cash generated from operations.
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 36 to the consolidated financial statements.
Internal control over financial reporting
Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in Managements’ annual report on internal control over financial reporting as set out in “Item 15. Controls and Procedures”, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Group’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment,
F-2
Table of Contents
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards and principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards and principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
London
United Kingdom
April 30, 2007
F-3
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2006
(All figures in £ millions)
Notes | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||||
Continuing operations | ||||||||||||||||
Sales | 2 | 4,137 | 3,808 | 3,479 | ||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold | 5 | (1,917 | ) | (1,787 | ) | (1,631 | ) | |||||||||
Gross profit | 2,220 | 2,021 | 1,848 | |||||||||||||
Operating expenses | 5 | (1,704 | ) | (1,559 | ) | (1,483 | ) | |||||||||
Other net gains and losses | 4 | — | 40 | 9 | ||||||||||||
Share of results of joint ventures and associates | 13 | 24 | 14 | 8 | ||||||||||||
Operating profit | 2 | 540 | 516 | 382 | ||||||||||||
Finance costs | 7 | (133 | ) | (132 | ) | (96 | ) | |||||||||
Finance income | 7 | 59 | 62 | 17 | ||||||||||||
Profit before tax | 466 | 446 | 303 | |||||||||||||
Income tax | 8 | (11 | ) | (116 | ) | (55 | ) | |||||||||
Profit for the year from continuing operations | 455 | 330 | 248 | |||||||||||||
Profit for the year from discontinued operations | 3 | 14 | 314 | 36 | ||||||||||||
Profit for the year | 469 | 644 | 284 | |||||||||||||
Attributable to: | ||||||||||||||||
Equity holders of the Company | 446 | 624 | 262 | |||||||||||||
Minority interest | 23 | 20 | 22 | |||||||||||||
Earnings per share for profit from continuing and discontinued operations attributable to the equity holders of the Company during the year (expressed in pence per share) | ||||||||||||||||
— basic | 9 | 55.9p | 78.2p | 32.9p | ||||||||||||
— diluted | 9 | 55.8p | 78.1p | 32.9p | ||||||||||||
Earnings per share for profit from continuing operations attributable to the equity holders of the Company during the year(expressed in pence per share) | ||||||||||||||||
— basic | 9 | 54.1p | 38.9p | 29.0p | ||||||||||||
— diluted | 9 | 54.0p | 38.8p | 29.0p | ||||||||||||
F-4
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2006
(All figures in £ millions)
Notes | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||||
Net exchange differences on translation of foreign operations | 27 | (417 | ) | 327 | (203 | ) | ||||||||||
Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical plans | 24 | 107 | 26 | (61 | ) | |||||||||||
Taxation on items charged to equity | 8 | 12 | 12 | 9 | ||||||||||||
Net (expense)/income recognised directly in equity | (298 | ) | 365 | (255 | ) | |||||||||||
Profit for the year | 469 | 644 | 284 | |||||||||||||
Total recognised income and expense for the year | 171 | 1,009 | 29 | |||||||||||||
Attributable to: | ||||||||||||||||
Equity holders of the Company | 148 | 989 | 7 | |||||||||||||
Minority interest | 23 | 20 | 22 | |||||||||||||
Effect of transition adjustment on adoption of IAS 39 | ||||||||||||||||
Attributable to: | ||||||||||||||||
Equity holders of the Company | — | (12 | ) | — | ||||||||||||
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2006
(All figures in £ millions)
Notes | 2006 | 2005 | ||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||
Non-current assets | ||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment | 11 | 348 | 384 | |||||||||
Intangible assets | 12 | 3,581 | 3,854 | |||||||||
Investments in joint ventures and associates | 13 | 20 | 36 | |||||||||
Deferred income tax assets | 14 | 417 | 385 | |||||||||
Financial assets — Derivative financial instruments | 16 | 36 | 79 | |||||||||
Other financial assets | 15 | 17 | 18 | |||||||||
Other receivables | 19 | 124 | 108 | |||||||||
4,543 | 4,864 | |||||||||||
Current assets | ||||||||||||
Intangible assets — Pre-publication | 17 | 402 | 426 | |||||||||
Inventories | 18 | 354 | 373 | |||||||||
Trade and other receivables | 19 | 953 | 1,031 | |||||||||
Financial assets — Derivative financial instruments | 16 | 50 | 4 | |||||||||
Financial assets — Marketable securities | 25 | — | ||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents (excluding overdrafts) | 20 | 592 | 902 | |||||||||
2,376 | 2,736 | |||||||||||
Non-current assets classified as held for sale | 29 | 294 | — | |||||||||
2,670 | 2,736 | |||||||||||
Total assets | 7,213 | 7,600 | ||||||||||
F-5
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2006
(All figures in £ millions)
Notes | 2006 | 2005 | ||||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||||||
Non-current liabilities | ||||||||||||
Financial liabilities—Borrowings | 21 | (1,148 | ) | (1,703 | ) | |||||||
Financial liabilities—Derivative financial instruments | 16 | (19 | ) | (22 | ) | |||||||
Deferred income tax liabilities | 14 | (245 | ) | (204 | ) | |||||||
Retirement benefit obligations | 24 | (250 | ) | (389 | ) | |||||||
Provisions for other liabilities and charges | 22 | (29 | ) | (31 | ) | |||||||
Other liabilities | 23 | (162 | ) | (151 | ) | |||||||
(1,853 | ) | (2,500 | ) | |||||||||
Current liabilities | ||||||||||||
Trade and other liabilities | 23 | (998 | ) | (974 | ) | |||||||
Financial liabilities—Borrowings | 21 | (595 | ) | (256 | ) | |||||||
Current income tax liabilities | (74 | ) | (104 | ) | ||||||||
Provisions for other liabilities and charges | 22 | (23 | ) | (33 | ) | |||||||
(1,690 | ) | (1,367 | ) | |||||||||
Liabilities directly associated with non-current assets classified as held for sale | 29 | (26 | ) | — | ||||||||
Total liabilities | (3,569 | ) | (3,867 | ) | ||||||||
Net assets | 3,644 | 3,733 | ||||||||||
Equity | ||||||||||||
Share capital | 25 | 202 | 201 | |||||||||
Share premium | 25 | 2,487 | 2,477 | |||||||||
Treasury shares | 26 | (189 | ) | (153 | ) | |||||||
Other reserves | 27 | (592 | ) | (175 | ) | |||||||
Retained earnings | 27 | 1,568 | 1,214 | |||||||||
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company | 3,476 | 3,564 | ||||||||||
Minority interest | 168 | 169 | ||||||||||
Total equity | 3,644 | 3,733 | ||||||||||
These financial statements have been approved for issue by the board of directors on 9 March 2007 and signed on its behalf by
Robin Freestone, Chief financial officer
F-6
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2006
(All figures in £ millions)
Notes | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities | ||||||||||||||||
Cash generated from operations | 31 | 621 | 653 | 524 | ||||||||||||
Interest paid | (106 | ) | (101 | ) | (98 | ) | ||||||||||
Tax paid | (59 | ) | (65 | ) | (45 | ) | ||||||||||
Net cash generated from operating activities | 456 | 487 | 381 | |||||||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities | ||||||||||||||||
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired | 28 | (363 | ) | (246 | ) | (41 | ) | |||||||||
Acquisition of joint ventures and associates | (4 | ) | (7 | ) | (10 | ) | ||||||||||
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (PPE) | (68 | ) | (76 | ) | (101 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of PPE | 8 | 3 | 4 | |||||||||||||
Purchase of intangible assets | (29 | ) | (24 | ) | (24 | ) | ||||||||||
Purchase of other financial assets | — | (2 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||||||||
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed | 30 | 10 | 376 | 7 | ||||||||||||
Disposal of joint ventures and associates | — | 54 | 24 | |||||||||||||
Disposal of other financial assets | — | — | 17 | |||||||||||||
Interest received | 24 | 29 | 13 | |||||||||||||
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates | 45 | 14 | 12 | |||||||||||||
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities | (377 | ) | 121 | (100 | ) | |||||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities | ||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares | 25 | 11 | 4 | 4 | ||||||||||||
Purchase of treasury shares | 26 | (36 | ) | (21 | ) | (10 | ) | |||||||||
Proceeds from borrowings | 84 | — | 473 | |||||||||||||
Short-term investments required | — | — | (5 | ) | ||||||||||||
Liquid resources acquired | (24 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||||
Repayments of borrowings | (145 | ) | (79 | ) | (524 | ) | ||||||||||
Finance lease principal payments | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||||||
Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders | 10 | (220 | ) | (205 | ) | (195 | ) | |||||||||
Dividends paid to minority interests | (15 | ) | (17 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||||||
Net cash used in financing activities | (348 | ) | (321 | ) | (261 | ) | ||||||||||
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | (44 | ) | 13 | (4 | ) | |||||||||||
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents | (313 | ) | 300 | 16 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | 844 | 544 | 528 | |||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | 20 | 531 | 844 | 544 | ||||||||||||
F-7
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
General information
Pearson plc (the Company) and its subsidiaries (together the Group)are involved in the provision of information for the educational sector, consumer publishing and business information.
The Company is a limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in England. The address of its registered office is 80 Strand, London WC2R 0RL.
The Company has its primary listing on the London Stock Exchange but is also listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue by the board of directors on 9 March 2007.
1 | Accounting policies |
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below.
a. Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with EU-adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) interpretations and with those parts of the Companies Act 1985 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The Group transitioned from UK GAAP to IFRS on 1 January 2003.
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair value.
(1) Interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in 2006 — The following amendments and interpretations to standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2006:
• | IAS 21 ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Currency’; | |
• | IAS 39 (Amendment) ‘Cash Flow Hedge Accounting of Forecast Intragroup Transactions’; | |
• | IAS 39 (Amendment) ‘The Fair Value Option’; | |
• | IAS 39 and IFRS 4 (Amendment) ‘Financial Guarantee Contracts’; | |
• | IFRS 6 ‘Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources’; | |
• | IFRIC 4 ‘Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease’; | |
• | IFRIC 5 ‘Rights to Interests arising from Decommissioning, Restoration and Environmental Rehabilitation Funds’; | |
• | IFRIC 6 ‘Liabilities arising from Participating in a Specific Market — Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment’. |
Management assessed the relevance of these amendments and interpretations with respect to the Group’s operations and concluded that they are not relevant or material to the Group.
(2) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective —Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that are
F-8
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2007 or later periods. The Group has not early adopted any of the new pronouncements which are as follows:
• | IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ (effective from 1 January 2007). IFRS 7 introduces new disclosures of qualitative and quantitative information about exposure to risks arising from financial instruments, including specific minimum disclosures about credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk. | |
• | A complementary amendment to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements — Capital Disclosures’(effective from 1 January 2007). The amendment to IAS 1 introduces disclosures about the level and the management of the capital of an entity. | |
• | IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ (effective 1 January 2009). IFRS 8 requires an entity to adopt the ‘management approach’ to reporting on the financial performance of its operating segments, revise explanations of the basis on which the segment information is prepared and provide reconciliations to the amounts recognised in the income statement and balance sheet. | |
• | Management is currently assessing the impact of IFRS 7, IFRS 8 and the complementary amendment to IAS 1 on the Group’s financial statements. |
In addition, management has assessed the relevance of the following amendments and interpretations with respect to the Group’s operations:
• | IFRIC 8 ‘Scope of IFRS 2’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 May 2006). IFRIC 8 requires consideration of transactions involving the issuance of equity instruments — where the identifiable consideration received is less than the fair value of the equity instruments issued — to establish whether or not they fall within the scope of IFRS 2. The Group will apply IFRIC 8 from 1 January 2007, but it is not expected to have any impact on the Group’s accounts; | |
• | IFRIC 10 ‘Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 November 2006). IFRIC 10 prohibits impairment losses recognised in an interim period on goodwill, investments in equity instruments and investments in financial assets carried at cost to be reversed at a subsequent balance sheet date. The Group will apply IFRIC 10 from 1 January 2007; | |
• | IFRIC 7 ‘Applying the Restatement Approach under IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’(effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 March 2006). IFRIC 7 provides guidance on how to apply the requirements of IAS 29 in a reporting period in which an entity identifies the existence of hyperinflation in the economy of its functional currency, when the economy was not hyperinflationary in the prior period. As none of the Group entities have a currency of a hyperinflationary economy as their functional currency, IFRIC 7 is not relevant to the Group’s operations; and | |
• | IFRIC 9 ‘Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 June 2006). IFRIC 9 requires an entity to assess whether an embedded derivative is required to be separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative when the entity first becomes a party to the contract. Subsequent reassessment is prohibited unless there is a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the cash flows that otherwise would be required under the contract, in which case reassessment is required. The Group does not expect IFRIC 9 to have a material impact. |
(3) Critical accounting assumptions and judgements —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting assumptions. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas requiring a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the
F-9
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
consolidated financial statements, are discussed in the relevant accounting policies under the following headings:
• Intangible assets: | Goodwill | |
• Intangible assets: | Pre-publication assets | |
• Royalty advances | ||
• Taxation | ||
• Employee benefits: | Retirement benefit obligations | |
• Revenue recognition. |
b. | Consolidation |
(1) Business combinations —The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange, plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. Identifiable assets and contingent assets acquired and identifiable liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. For material acquisitions, the fair value of the acquired intangible assets is determined by an external, independent valuer. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired, after the identification of purchased intangible assets, is recorded as goodwill. See note 1e(1)for the accounting policy on goodwill.
(2) Subsidiaries —Subsidiaries are entities over which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.
(3) Joint ventures and associates —Joint ventures are entities in which the Group holds an interest on a long-term basis and which are jointly controlled, with one or more other venturers, under a contractual arrangement. Associates are entities over which the Group has significant influence but not the power to control the financial and operating policies, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in joint ventures and associates are accounted for by the equity method and are initially recognised at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes related goodwill.
The Group’s share of its joint ventures’ and associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in the income statement, and its share of post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognised in reserves. The Group’s share of its joint ventures’ and associates’ results is recognised as a component of operating profit as these operations form part of the core publishing business of the Group and an integral part of existing wholly owned businesses. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in a joint venture or associate equals or exceeds its interest in the joint venture or associate, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless the Group has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint venture or associate.
c. | Foreign currency translation |
(1) Functional and presentation currency — Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the ‘functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.
(2) Transactions and balances — Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of
F-10
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, are recognised in the income statement, except when deferred in equity as qualifying net investment hedges.
Translation differences on other non-monetary items such as equities held at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss through the income statement. Fair value adjustments on non-monetary items such as equities classified as available for sale financial assets, are included in the fair value reserve in equity.
(3) Group companies — The results and financial position of all Group companies that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
i) assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the date of the balance sheet; | |
ii) income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates; | |
iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity. |
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign entities, and of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to shareholders’ equity. The Group treats specific inter-company loan balances, which are not intended to be repaid in the foreseeable future, as part of its net investment. When a foreign entity is sold, such exchange differences are recognised in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale.
At the date of transition to IFRS the cumulative translation differences for foreign operations have been deemed to be zero. Any gains and losses on disposals of foreign operations will exclude translation differences arising prior to the transition date.
The principal overseas currency for the Group is the US dollar. The average rate for the year against sterling was $1.84 (2005: $1.81) and the year end rate was $1.96 (2005: $1.72).
d. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation. Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful lives as follows:
Buildings (freehold): 20-50 years | |
Buildings (leasehold): 50 years (or over the period of the lease if shorter) | |
Plant and equipment: 3-20 years |
The asset’s residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.
The carrying value of an asset is written down to its recoverable amount if the carrying value of the asset is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.
e. Intangible assets
(1) Goodwill — Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary or associate at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates is included in investments in associates. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units have been determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates (see note 12). Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash
F-11
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ has not been applied retrospectively to business combinations before the date of transition to IFRS. Subject to the transition adjustments to IFRS required by IFRS 1, the accounting for business combinations before the date of transition has been grandfathered.
(2) Acquired software — Software separately acquired for internal use is capitalised at cost. Software acquired in material business combinations is capitalised at its fair value as determined by an independent valuer. Acquired software is amortised on a straight line basis over its estimated useful life of between three and five years.
(3) Internally developed software — Internal and external costs incurred during the preliminary stage of developing computer software for internal use are expensed as incurred. Internal and external costs incurred to develop computer software for internal use during the application development stage are capitalised if the Group expects economic benefits from the development. Capitalisation in the application development stage begins once the Group can reliably measure the expenditure attributable to the software development and has demonstrated its intention to complete and use the software. Internally developed software is amortised on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of between three and five years.
(4) Acquired intangible assets — Acquired intangible assets comprise publishing rights, customer lists and relationships, technology, trade names and trademarks. These assets are capitalised on acquisition at cost and included in intangible assets. Intangible assets acquired in material business combinations are capitalised at their fair value as determined by an independent valuer. Intangible assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives of between two and 20 years, using a depreciation method that reflects the pattern of their consumption.
(5) Pre-publication assets — Pre-publication costs represent direct costs incurred in the development of educational programmes and titles prior to their publication. These costs are recognised as current intangible assets where the title will generate probable future economic benefits within their normal operating cycle and costs can be measured reliably. Pre-publication assets are amortised upon publication of the title over estimated economic lives of five years or less, being the estimated expected operating life cycle of the title, with a higher proportion of the amortisation taken in the earlier years. The investment in pre-publication assets has been disclosed as part of the cash generated from operations in the cash flow statement(see note 31).
The assessment of the recoverability of pre-publication asset and the determination of the amortisation profile involve a significant degree of judgement based on historical trends and management estimation of future potential sales. An incorrect amortisation profile could result in excess amounts being carried forward as intangible assets that would otherwise have been written off to the income statement in an earlier period. Reviews are performed regularly to estimate recoverability of pre-publication assets. The carrying amount of pre-publication assets is set out in note 17.
f. Other financial assets |
Other financial assets, designated as available for sale investments, are non-derivative financial assets measured at estimated fair value. Changes in the fair value are recorded in equity in the fair value reserve. On the subsequent disposal of the asset, the net fair value gains or losses are taken through the income statement.
g. Inventories |
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using the first in first out (FIFO) method. The cost of finished goods and work in progress comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and related production overheads. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price
F-12
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Provisions are made for slow moving and obsolete stock.
h. Royalty advances
Advances of royalties to authors are included within trade and other receivables when the advance is paid less any provision required to adjust the advance to its net realisable value. The realisable value of royalty advances relies on a degree of management judgement in determining the profitability of individual author contracts. If the estimated realisable value of author contracts is overstated then this will have an adverse effect on operating profits as these excess amounts will be written off. The recoverability of royalty advances is based upon an annual detailed management review of the age of the advance, the future sales projections for new authors and prior sales history of repeat authors. The royalty advance is expensed at the contracted or effective royalty rate as the related revenues are earned. Royalty advances which will be consumed within one year are held in current assets. Royalty advances which will be consumed after one year are held in non-current assets.
i. Newspaper development costs
Investment in the development of newspaper titles consists of measures to increase the volume and geographical spread of circulation. The measures include additional and enhanced editorial content, extended distribution and remote printing. These cost are expensed as incurred as they do not meet the criteria under IAS 38 to be capitalised as intangible assets.
j. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are included in borrowings in current liabilities in the balance sheet.
k. Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (Treasury shares) the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.
l. Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, which is proceeds received net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost with any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value being recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Accrued interest is included as part of borrowings. Where a debt instrument is in a fair value hedging relationship, an adjustment is made to its carrying value to reflect the hedged risk. Interest on borrowings is expensed as incurred.
F-13
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
m. Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date of transition to IAS 39(1 January 2005)or, if later, on the date a derivative is entered into. Derivatives are subsequently remeasured at their fair value. The fair value of derivatives has been determined by using market data and the use of established estimation techniques such as discounted cash flow and option valuation models. The Group designates certain of the derivative instruments within its portfolio to be hedges of the fair value of its bonds(fair value hedges) or hedges of net investments in foreign operations (net investment hedges).
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as net investment hedges are recognised in equity. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the income statement when the corresponding foreign operation is disposed of. Gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion are recognised immediately in finance income or finance costs in the income statement.
Certain derivatives do not qualify or are not designated as hedging instruments. Such derivatives are classified at fair value and any movement in their fair value is recognised in finance income or finance costs in the income statement immediately.
n. Taxation
Current tax is recognised on the amounts expected to be paid or recovered under the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.
Deferred income tax is provided in respect of the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries other than where it is intended that those undistributed earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future.
Current and deferred tax are recognised in the income statement, except when the tax relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the tax is also recognised in equity.
The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the estimates in relation to the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities require management judgement in determining the amounts to be recognised. In particular, significant judgement is used when assessing the extent to which deferred tax assets should be recognised with consideration given to the timing and level of future taxable income together with any future tax planning strategies.
F-14
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
o. Employee benefits
(1) Retirement benefit obligations — The liability in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligations at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting estimated future cash flows using yields on high quality corporate bonds which have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related liability.
The determination of the pension cost and defined benefit obligation of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes depends on the selection of certain assumptions, which include the discount rate, inflation rate, salary growth, longevity and expected return on scheme assets. Differences arising from actual experience or future changes in assumptions will be reflected in subsequent periods (actuarial gains and losses).
Actuarial gains and losses arising from differences between actual and expected returns on plan assets, experience adjustments on liabilities and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised immediately in the statement of recognised income and expense.
The service cost, representing benefits accruing over the year, is included in the income statement as an operating cost. The unwinding of the discount rate on the scheme liabilities and the expected return on scheme asset are presented as finance costs or finance income.
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an operating expense in the income statement as incurred.
(2) Other post-retirement obligations — The Group provides certain healthcare and life assurance benefits. The principal plans are unfunded. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment, using an accounting methodology which is the same as that for defined benefit pension plans. The liabilities and costs relating to other post-retirement obligations are assessed annually by independent qualified actuaries.
(3) Share-based payments — The Group has a number of employee option and share plans. The fair value of options or shares granted is recognised as an employee expense after taking into account the Group’s best estimate of the number of awards expected to vest. Fair value is measured at the date of grant and is spread over the vesting period of the option or share. The fair value of the options granted is measured using whichever of the Black-Scholes, Binomial and Monte Carlo model is most appropriate to the award. The fair value of shares awarded is measured using the share price at the date of grant unless another method is more appropriate. Any proceeds received are credited to share capital and share premium when the options are exercised. The Group has applied IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ retrospectively to all options granted but not fully vested at the date of transition to IFRS.
p. Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are discounted to present value where the effect is material.
The Group recognises a provision for deferred consideration in the period that an acquisition is made and the Group becomes legally committed to making the payment.
The Group recognises a provision fore integration and reorganisation costs in the period in which the Group becomes legally or constructively committed to making the payment.
The Group recognises a provision for onerous lease contracts when the expected benefits to be derived from a contract are less than the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract. The
F-15
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
provision is based on the present value of future payments for surplus leased properties under non-cancellable operating leases, net of estimated sub-leasing revenue.
q. Revenue recognition
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services net of value-added tax and other sales taxes, rebates and discounts, and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows:
Revenue from the sale of books is recognised when title passes. A provision for anticipated returns is made based primarily on historical return rates. If these estimates do not reflect actual returns in future periods then revenues could be understated or overstated for a particular period.
Circulation and advertising revenue is recognised when the newspaper or other publication is published. Subscription revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the life of the subscription.
Where a contractual arrangement consists of two or more elements that can be provided to customers either on a stand-alone basis or as an optional extra and fair value exists for each separate element, such as the provision of supplementary materials with textbooks, revenue in such multiple element arrangements is recognised when each product has been delivered and all other relevant revenue recognition criteria are achieved.
Revenue from multi-year contractual arrangements, such as contracts to process qualifying tests for individual professions and government departments, is recognised as performance occurs. The assumptions, risks, and uncertainties inherent in long-term contract accounting can affect the amounts and timing of revenue and related expenses reported. Certain of these arrangements, either as a result of a single service spanning more than one reporting period or where the contract requires the provision of a number of services that together constitute a single project, are treated as long-term contracts with revenue recognised on a percentage of completion basis. Losses on contracts are recognised in the period in which the loss first becomes foreseeable. Contract losses are determined to be the amount by which estimated total costs of the contract exceed the estimated total revenues that will be generated by the contract.
On certain contracts, where the Group acts as agent, only commissions and fees receivable for services rendered are recognised as revenue. Any third party costs incurred on behalf of the principal that are rechargeable under the contractual arrangement are not included in revenue.
Income from recharges of freight and other activities which are incidental to the normal revenue generating activities is included in other income.
r. Leases
Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the commencement of the lease at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges to achieve a constant rate on the finance balance outstanding. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in financial liabilities — borrowings. The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases is depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term.
Leases where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases by the lessee. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
F-16
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
s. Dividends
Dividends are recorded in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders. Interim dividends are recorded in the period in which they are approved and paid.
t. Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations
Non-current assets are classified as assets held for sale and stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell if it is intended to recover their carrying amount principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. No depreciation is charged in respect of non-current assets classified as held for sale. Amounts relating to non-current assets held for sale are classified as discontinued operations in the income statement.
u. Trade receivables
Trade receivables are stated at fair value less provision for bad and doubtful debts and anticipated future sales returns (see also note 1q).
2 Segment information
Due to the differing risks and rewards associated with each business segment and the different customer focus of each segment, the Group’s primary segment reporting format is by business. The Group is organised into the following five business segments:
School — publisher, provider of testing and software services for primary and secondary schools;
Higher Education — publisher of textbooks and related course materials for colleges and universities;
Penguin — publisher with brand imprints such as Penguin, Putnam, Berkley, Viking, Dorling Kindersley;
FT Publishing — publisher of theFinancial Times, other business newspapers, magazines and specialist information;
Interactive Data Corporation (IDC) — provider of financial and business information to financial institutions and retail investors.
The remaining business group, Professional, brings together a number of education publishing, testing and services businesses that publish texts, reference and interactive products for industry professionals and does not meet the criteria for classification as a ‘segment’ under IFRS. For more detail on the services and products included in each business segment refer to the Business Review.
F-17
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Primary reporting format — business segments
Higher | FT | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notes | School | Education | Professional | Penguin | Publishing | IDC | Corporate | Group | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Continuing operations | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales (external) | 1,455 | 795 | 341 | 848 | 366 | 332 | — | 4,137 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales (inter-segment) | 1 | — | — | 18 | — | — | — | 19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit before joint ventures and associates | 161 | 161 | 36 | 58 | 18 | 82 | — | 516 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of results of joint ventures and associates | 6 | — | 1 | — | 17 | — | — | 24 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit | 167 | 161 | 37 | 58 | 35 | 82 | — | 540 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Finance costs | 7 | (133 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Finance income | 7 | 59 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax | 466 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax | 8 | (11 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year from continuing operations | 455 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reconciliation to adjusted operating profit | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit | 167 | 161 | 37 | 58 | 35 | 82 | — | 540 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjustment to goodwill on recognition of pre-acquisition deferred tax | — | — | — | 7 | — | — | — | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortisation of acquired intangibles | 17 | — | 1 | 1 | 2 | 7 | — | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other net gains and losses of associates | — | — | — | — | (4 | ) | — | — | (4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other net finance costs of associates | — | — | — | — | (1 | ) | — | — | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted operating profit — continuing operations | 184 | 161 | 38 | 66 | 32 | 89 | — | 570 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Segment assets | 2,684 | 1,347 | 580 | 954 | 317 | 314 | 703 | 6,899 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Joint ventures | 13 | 5 | — | — | 3 | 4 | — | — | 12 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Associates | 13 | 4 | — | — | — | 4 | — | — | 8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets — continuing operations | 2,693 | 1,347 | 580 | 957 | 325 | 314 | 703 | 6,919 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets — discontinued operations | — | — | 294 | — | — | — | — | 294 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | 2,693 | 1,347 | 874 | 957 | 325 | 314 | 703 | 7,213 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | (662 | ) | (268 | ) | (177 | ) | (269 | ) | (300 | ) | (131 | ) | (1,762 | ) | (3,569 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other segment items | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditure | 11, 12, 17 | 124 | 88 | 30 | 38 | 19 | 20 | — | 319 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation | 11 | 21 | 8 | 19 | 7 | 9 | 13 | — | 77 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortisation | 12, 17 | 117 | 78 | 21 | 34 | 4 | 7 | — | 261 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
F-18
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Higher | FT | 2005 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notes | School | Education | Professional | Penguin | Publishing | IDC | Corporate | Group | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Continuing operations | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales (external) | 1,295 | 779 | 301 | 804 | 332 | 297 | — | 3,808 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales (inter-segment) | — | — | — | 16 | — | — | — | 16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit before joint ventures and associates | 138 | 156 | 24 | 60 | 49 | 75 | — | 502 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of results of joint ventures and associates | 4 | — | 1 | — | 9 | — | — | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit | 142 | 156 | 25 | 60 | 58 | 75 | — | 516 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Finance costs | 7 | (132 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Finance income | 7 | 62 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax | 446 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax | 8 | (116 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year from continuing operations | 330 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reconciliation to adjusted operating profit | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit | 142 | 156 | 25 | 60 | 58 | 75 | — | 516 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortisation of acquired intangibles | 5 | — | — | — | 1 | 5 | — | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other net gains and losses | — | — | — | — | (40 | ) | — | — | (40 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other net finance costs of associates | — | — | — | — | 2 | — | — | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted operating profit — continuing operations | 147 | 156 | 25 | 60 | 21 | 80 | — | 489 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Segment assets | 2,347 | 1,648 | 1,179 | 960 | 154 | 291 | 985 | 7,564 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Joint ventures | 13 | 6 | — | — | 2 | 4 | — | — | 12 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Associates | 13 | 6 | — | — | — | 18 | — | — | 24 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | 2,359 | 1,648 | 1,179 | 962 | 176 | 291 | 985 | 7,600 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | (557 | ) | (341 | ) | (263 | ) | (280 | ) | (336 | ) | (109 | ) | (1,981 | ) | (3,867 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other segment items | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditure | 11, 12, 17 | 114 | 96 | 43 | 34 | 14 | 19 | — | 320 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation | 11 | 26 | 8 | 17 | 7 | 11 | 11 | — | 80 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortisation | 12, 17 | 91 | 78 | 20 | 24 | 3 | 5 | — | 221 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
F-19
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Higher | FT | 2004 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notes | School | Education | Professional | Penguin | Publishing | IDC | Corporate | Group | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Continuing operations | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales (external) | 1,087 | 729 | 290 | 786 | 318 | 269 | — | 3,479 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales (inter-segment) | — | — | — | 15 | — | — | — | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit before joint ventures and associates | 109 | 133 | 20 | 46 | 4 | 62 | — | 374 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of results of joint ventures and associates | 3 | — | — | 1 | 4 | — | — | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit | 112 | 133 | 20 | 47 | 8 | 62 | — | 382 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Finance costs | 7 | (96 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Finance income | 7 | 17 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax | 303 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax | 8 | (55 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year from continuing operations | 248 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reconciliation to adjusted operating profit | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit | 112 | 133 | 20 | 47 | 8 | 62 | — | 382 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortisation of acquired intangibles | — | — | — | — | 5 | — | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other net gains and losses | (4 | ) | (4 | ) | (2 | ) | 5 | (4 | ) | — | — | (9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other net finance costs of associates | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted operating profit — continuing operations | 108 | 129 | 18 | 52 | 4 | 67 | — | 378 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Segment assets | 1,860 | 1,224 | 1,345 | 892 | 502 | 247 | 461 | 6,531 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Joint ventures | 13 | 7 | — | — | 5 | 2 | — | — | 14 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Associates | 13 | 5 | — | — | — | 28 | — | — | 33 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | 1,872 | 1,224 | 1,345 | 897 | 532 | 247 | 461 | 6,578 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | (439 | ) | (286 | ) | (212 | ) | (259 | ) | (435 | ) | (110 | ) | (1,823 | ) | (3,564 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other segment items | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditure | 11, 12, 17 | 104 | 79 | 62 | 36 | 15 | 12 | — | 308 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation | 11 | 25 | 9 | 16 | 9 | 16 | 9 | — | 84 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortisation | 12, 17 | 74 | 65 | 18 | 29 | 2 | 5 | — | 193 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In 2006, sales from the provision of goods were £3,117m (2005: £2,956m; 2004: 2,787m) and sales from the provision of services were £1,020m (2005: £852m; 2004: 692m). Sales from the Group’s educational publishing, consumer publishing and newspaper business are classified as being from the provision of goods and sales from its assessment and testing, marketpricing, corporate training and management service businesses are classified as being from the provision of services.
Corporate costs are allocated to business segments on an appropriate basis depending on the nature of the cost and therefore the segment result is equal to the Group operating profit. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis. Segment assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, inventories, receivables and deferred taxation and exclude cash and cash equivalents and derivative assets. Segment liabilities comprise operating liabilities and exclude borrowings and derivative liabilities. Corporate assets and liabilities comprise cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, borrowings and derivative financial instruments. Capital expenditure comprises additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, including pre-publication but excluding goodwill (see notes 11, 12 and 17).
F-20
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets acquired through business combinations were £173m (2005: £111m; 2004: £16m) (see notes 11, 12 and 17). Capital expenditure, depreciation and amortisation include amounts relating to discontinued operations. In April 2005, Pearson sold its 79% interest in Recoletos Grupo de Communicación S.A.. This operation is disclosed as a discontinued operation in 2005 (see note 3). In December 2006 Pearson announced its intention to sell Pearson Government Solutions. This operation is disclosed as a discontinued operation (see note 3) and the assets and liabilities are classified as held for sale (see note 29).
Secondary reporting format — geographic segments
The Group’s business segments are managed on a worldwide basis and operate in the following main geographic areas:
Sales | Total assets | Capital expenditure | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Continuing operations | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
European countries | 1,089 | 951 | 820 | 1,608 | 1,711 | 1,112 | 70 | 63 | 79 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
North America | 2,642 | 2,451 | 2,309 | 4,908 | 5,476 | 4,716 | 231 | 242 | 208 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asia Pacific | 298 | 300 | 263 | 327 | 325 | 302 | 12 | 13 | 10 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other countries | 108 | 106 | 87 | 56 | 52 | 43 | 2 | 2 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 4,137 | 3,808 | 3,479 | 6,899 | 7,564 | 6,173 | 315 | 320 | 300 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Discontinued operations | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
European countries | 17 | 39 | 205 | 9 | — | 358 | 1 | — | 8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
North America | 257 | 266 | 195 | 281 | — | — | 2 | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other countries | 12 | 10 | 7 | 4 | — | — | 1 | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 286 | 315 | 407 | 294 | — | 358 | 4 | — | 8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Joint ventures and associates | — | — | — | 20 | 36 | 47 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 4,423 | 4,123 | 3,886 | 7,213 | 7,600 | 6,578 | 319 | 320 | 308 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales are allocated based on the country in which the customer is located. This does not differ materially from the location where the order is received.
F-21
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
3 | Discontinued operations |
On 11 December 2006, Pearson announced that it had agreed to sell Pearson Government Solutions to Veritas Capital, a private equity firm. This operation is disclosed as discontinued and the assets and liabilities of Pearson Government Solutions have been reclassified to non-current assets held for sale (see notes 29 and 35).
Discontinued operations in 2005 also relate to the sale of Pearson’s 79% interest in Recoletos Grupo de Communicación S.A..
An analysis of the results and cash flows of discontinued operations are as follows:
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pearson | Pearson | Pearson | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Government | Government | 2005 | 2005 | Government | 2004 | 2004 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Solutions | Solutions | Recoletos | Total | Solutions | Recoletos | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales | 286 | 288 | 27 | 315 | 217 | 190 | 407 | |||||||||||||||||||||
�� | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit/(loss) | 22 | 20 | (3 | ) | 17 | 22 | 26 | 48 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net finance income | — | — | — | — | — | 3 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) before tax | 22 | 20 | (3 | ) | 17 | 22 | 29 | 51 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Attributable tax (expense)/benefit | (8 | ) | (8 | ) | 1 | (7 | ) | (8 | ) | (7 | ) | (15 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) after tax | 14 | 12 | (2 | ) | 10 | 14 | 22 | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Profit on disposal of discontinued operations before tax | — | — | 306 | 306 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
Attributable tax expense | — | — | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year from discontinued operations | 14 | 12 | 302 | 314 | 14 | 22 | 36 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Operating cash flows | 20 | 22 | (6 | ) | 16 | 112 | 12 | 124 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Investing cash flows | (8 | ) | (13 | ) | — | (13 | ) | (5 | ) | 17 | 12 | |||||||||||||||||
Financing cash flows | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | — | (1 | ) | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
Total cash flows | 11 | 8 | (6 | ) | 2 | 107 | 29 | 136 | ||||||||||||||||||||
4 | Other net gains and losses |
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Profit on sale of interest in MarketWatch | — | 40 | — | |||||||||
Other items | — | — | 9 | |||||||||
Total other net gains and losses | — | 40 | 9 | |||||||||
Other net gains and losses represent profits and losses on the sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and other financial assets that are included within continuing operations.
F-22
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
5 | Operating expenses |
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
By function: | ||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold | 1,917 | 1,787 | 1,631 | |||||||||
Operating expenses | ||||||||||||
Distribution costs | 299 | 292 | 226 | |||||||||
Administrative and other expenses | 1,504 | 1,351 | 1,340 | |||||||||
Other income | (99 | ) | (84 | ) | (83 | ) | ||||||
Total operating expenses | 1,704 | 1,559 | 1,483 | |||||||||
Total | 3,621 | 3,346 | 3,114 | |||||||||
Notes | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||
By nature: | ||||||||||||||||
Utilisation of inventory | 18 | 820 | 767 | 699 | ||||||||||||
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment | 11 | 71 | 76 | 74 | ||||||||||||
Amortisation of intangible assets — pre-publication | 17 | 210 | 192 | 168 | ||||||||||||
Amortisation of intangible assets — other | 12 | 48 | 26 | 24 | ||||||||||||
Employee benefit expense | 6 | 1,280 | 1,177 | 1,074 | ||||||||||||
Operating lease rentals | 125 | 111 | 126 | |||||||||||||
Other property costs | 121 | 84 | 69 | |||||||||||||
Royalties expensed | 360 | 363 | 331 | |||||||||||||
Advertising, promotion and marketing | 212 | 198 | 171 | |||||||||||||
Information technology costs | 90 | 81 | 73 | |||||||||||||
Other costs | 383 | 355 | 351 | |||||||||||||
Other income | (99 | ) | (84 | ) | (46 | ) | ||||||||||
Total | 3,621 | 3,346 | 3,114 | |||||||||||||
During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor:
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Audit services | ||||||||||||
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of parent company and consolidated accounts | 1 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||
Non-audit services | ||||||||||||
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services: | ||||||||||||
— The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation | 4 | 3 | 3 | |||||||||
— Other services pursuant to legislation | 4 | — | — | |||||||||
— Tax services | 1 | 1 | 2 | |||||||||
— Services relating to corporate finance transactions | 1 | 1 | — | |||||||||
— All other services | — | 1 | — | |||||||||
11 | 7 | 6 | ||||||||||
F-23
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
‘Other services pursuant to legislation’ represents fees payable for services in relation to other statutory filings or engagements that are required to be carried out by the appointed auditor. In particular, this includes fees for reports under section 404 (S-404) of the US Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley) which are required for the first time in 2006.
‘Services relating to corporate finance transactions’ relate to a carve-out audit of Pearson Government Solutions in 2006. In 2005 this largely related to due diligence work at IDC.
‘All other services’ in 2005 relate to IFRS transition work and Sarbanes-Oxley section 404 compliance services.
Audit fees in relation to the IDC SEC filings have been entirely included in ‘The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation’. The audit fee relates to an integrated S-404 review and audit in which the audit work takes leverage from the results of S-404 testing. The fees for the S-404 review and the audit are not separate, therefore no IDC fees have been included in ‘Other services pursuant to legislation’.
6 | Employee information |
Notes | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Employee benefit expense | ||||||||||||||||
Wages and salaries (including termination benefits and restructuring costs) | 1,080 | 993 | 903 | |||||||||||||
Social security costs | 111 | 100 | 89 | |||||||||||||
Share-based payment costs | 24 | 25 | 23 | 25 | ||||||||||||
Pension costs — defined contribution plans | 24 | 36 | 35 | 32 | ||||||||||||
Pension costs — defined benefit plans | 24 | 29 | 25 | 24 | ||||||||||||
Other post-retirement benefits | 24 | (1 | ) | 1 | 1 | |||||||||||
1,280 | 1,177 | 1,074 | ||||||||||||||
The details of the emoluments of the directors of Pearson plc are shown in Item 6 of this Form 20-F.
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
(Average number employed) | ||||||||||||
School | 11,064 | 10,133 | 10,403 | |||||||||
Higher Education | 4,368 | 4,196 | 4,087 | |||||||||
Professional | 3,754 | 3,809 | 3,368 | |||||||||
Penguin | 3,943 | 4,051 | 4,085 | |||||||||
FT Publishing | 2,285 | 1,952 | 1,989 | |||||||||
IDC | 2,200 | 1,956 | 1,826 | |||||||||
Other | 1,669 | 1,573 | 1,365 | |||||||||
Continuing operations | 29,283 | 27,670 | 27,123 | |||||||||
Discontinued operations | 5,058 | 4,533 | 5,963 | |||||||||
34,341 | 32,203 | 33,086 | ||||||||||
F-24
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
7 | Net finance costs |
Notes | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest payable | (117 | ) | (98 | ) | (91 | ) | ||||||||||
Finance costs re employee benefits | 24 | — | (7 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||||||
Net foreign exchange losses | (2 | ) | (9 | ) | — | |||||||||||
Other losses on financial instruments in a hedging relationship: | ||||||||||||||||
— fair value hedges | — | (1 | ) | — | ||||||||||||
— net investment hedges | (2 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||||
Other losses on financial instruments not in a hedging relationship: | ||||||||||||||||
— derivatives | (12 | ) | (17 | ) | — | |||||||||||
Finance costs | (133 | ) | (132 | ) | (96 | ) | ||||||||||
Interest receivable | 23 | 21 | 17 | |||||||||||||
Finance income re employee benefits | 24 | 4 | — | — | ||||||||||||
Net foreign exchange gains | 21 | 21 | — | |||||||||||||
Other gains on financial instruments in a hedging relationship: | ||||||||||||||||
— fair value hedges | — | 1 | — | |||||||||||||
— net investment hedges | — | 3 | — | |||||||||||||
Other gains on financial instruments not in a hedging relationship: | ||||||||||||||||
— amortisation of transitional adjustment on bonds | 8 | 7 | — | |||||||||||||
— derivatives | 3 | 9 | — | |||||||||||||
Finance income | 59 | 62 | 17 | |||||||||||||
Net finance costs | (74 | ) | (70 | ) | (79 | ) | ||||||||||
Analysed as: | ||||||||||||||||
Net interest payable | (94 | ) | (77 | ) | (74 | ) | ||||||||||
Finance income/(costs) re employee benefits | 24 | 4 | (7 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||||||
Net finance costs reflected in adjusted earnings | (90 | ) | (84 | ) | (79 | ) | ||||||||||
Other net finance income | 16 | 14 | — | |||||||||||||
Total net finance costs | (74 | ) | (70 | ) | (79 | ) | ||||||||||
F-25
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
8 | Income tax |
Notes | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Current tax | ||||||||||||||||
Charge in respect of current year | (88 | ) | (68 | ) | (57 | ) | ||||||||||
Recognition of previously unrecognised trading losses | 23 | — | — | |||||||||||||
Other adjustments in respect of prior years | 35 | (1 | ) | 25 | ||||||||||||
Total current tax charge | (30 | ) | (69 | ) | (32 | ) | ||||||||||
Deferred tax | ||||||||||||||||
In respect of timing differences | (73 | ) | (66 | ) | (46 | ) | ||||||||||
Recognition of previously unrecognised capital losses | 76 | — | — | |||||||||||||
Recognition of previously unrecognised trading losses | 37 | — | — | |||||||||||||
Other adjustments in respect of prior years | (21 | ) | 19 | 23 | ||||||||||||
Total deferred tax benefit/(charge) | 14 | 19 | (47 | ) | (23 | ) | ||||||||||
Total tax charge | (11 | ) | (116 | ) | (55 | ) | ||||||||||
In 2006, the Group has recognised a deferred tax asset in relation to capital losses in the US which will be utilised on the sale of Pearson Government Solutions. Previously it had not been possible to foresee the utilisation of these losses prior to their expiry. In addition, due to improved trading performance and revised strategic plans together with the expected utilisation of US net operating losses in the Pearson Government Solutions sale, the Group has re-evaluated the likely utilisation of operating losses both in the US and UK and as a consequence has increased the amount of the deferred tax asset carried forward in respect of such losses. The combined effect of these two factors was to create a non-recurring tax benefit of £127m.
The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the UK tax rate as follows:
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Profit before tax | 466 | 446 | 303 | |||||||||
Tax calculated at UK rate | (140 | ) | (134 | ) | (91 | ) | ||||||
Effect of overseas tax rates | (19 | ) | (20 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||
Joint venture and associate income reported net of tax | 7 | 5 | 2 | |||||||||
Income not subject to tax | 5 | 16 | 6 | |||||||||
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes | (18 | ) | (9 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||
Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses | 7 | 11 | 5 | |||||||||
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses | 136 | — | — | |||||||||
Unutilised tax losses | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | (14 | ) | ||||||
Prior year adjustments | 14 | 18 | 48 | |||||||||
Total tax charge | (11 | ) | (116 | ) | (55 | ) | ||||||
UK | (15 | ) | (26 | ) | 5 | |||||||
Overseas | 4 | (90 | ) | (60 | ) | |||||||
Total tax charge | (11 | ) | (116 | ) | (55 | ) | ||||||
F-26
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The tax benefit/(charge) on items charged to equity is as follows:
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax on share based payments | 2 | 3 | 4 | |||||||||
Deferred tax on net investment hedges | 3 | — | — | |||||||||
Deferred tax on actuarial gains and losses | 9 | — | — | |||||||||
Current tax on foreign exchange gains and losses | (2 | ) | 9 | 5 | ||||||||
12 | 12 | 9 | ||||||||||
9 | Earnings per share |
Basic
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding ordinary shares purchased by the Company and held as treasury shares.
Diluted
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares to take account of all dilutive potential ordinary shares and adjusting the profit attributable, if applicable, to account for any tax consequences that might arise from conversion of those shares.
Notes | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Earnings | 446 | 624 | 262 | |||||||||||||
Adjustments to exclude profit for the year from discontinued operations: | ||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year from discontinued operations | 3 | (14 | ) | (314 | ) | (36 | ) | |||||||||
Majority interest share of above | — | — | 5 | |||||||||||||
Earnings — continuing operations | 432 | 310 | 231 | |||||||||||||
Earnings | 446 | 624 | 262 | |||||||||||||
Weighted average number of shares (millions) | 798.4 | 797.9 | 795.6 | |||||||||||||
Effect of dilutive share options (millions) | 1.5 | 1.1 | 1.1 | |||||||||||||
Weighted average number of shares (millions) for diluted earnings | 799.9 | 799.0 | 796.7 | |||||||||||||
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
Earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations | ||||||||||||
Basic | 55.9 | p | 78.2 | p | 32.9 | p | ||||||
Diluted | 55.8 | p | 78.1 | p | 32.9 | p | ||||||
Earnings per share from continuing operations | ||||||||||||
Basic | 54.1 | p | 38.9 | p | 29.0 | p | ||||||
Diluted | 54.0 | p | 38.8 | p | 29.0 | p | ||||||
Earnings per share from discontinued operations | ||||||||||||
Basic | 1.8 | p | 39.3 | p | 3.9 | p | ||||||
Diluted | 1.8 | p | 39.3 | p | 3.9 | p | ||||||
F-27
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
10 | Dividends |
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Final paid in respect of prior year 17p (2005: 15.7p; 2004: 14.8p) | 136 | 125 | 119 | |||||||||
Interim paid in respect of current year 10.5p (2005: 10p; 2004: 9.7p) | 84 | 80 | 76 | |||||||||
220 | 205 | 195 | ||||||||||
A final dividend in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2006 of 18.8p per share has been approved and will absorb an estimated £151m of shareholders’ funds. It will be paid on 11 May 2007 to shareholders who are on the register of members on 10 April 2007. These financial statements do not reflect this dividend.
11 | Property, plant and equipment |
Assets in | ||||||||||||||||
Land and | Plant and | course of | ||||||||||||||
buildings | equipment | construction | Total | |||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Cost | ||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2005 | 280 | 604 | 13 | 897 | ||||||||||||
Exchange differences | 18 | 40 | — | 58 | ||||||||||||
Transfers | — | 13 | — | 13 | ||||||||||||
Additions | 32 | 41 | 1 | 74 | ||||||||||||
Disposals | (5 | ) | (28 | ) | — | (33 | ) | |||||||||
Acquisition through business combination | 3 | 6 | — | 9 | ||||||||||||
Reclassifications | — | 7 | (7 | ) | — | |||||||||||
At 31 December 2005 | 328 | 683 | 7 | 1,018 | ||||||||||||
Exchange differences | (20 | ) | (54 | ) | — | (74 | ) | |||||||||
Transfers | — | (11 | ) | (1 | ) | (12 | ) | |||||||||
Additions | 12 | 52 | 13 | 77 | ||||||||||||
Disposals | (9 | ) | (32 | ) | — | (41 | ) | |||||||||
Acquisition through business combination | 9 | 12 | — | 21 | ||||||||||||
Reclassifications | — | 8 | (8 | ) | — | |||||||||||
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale | (7 | ) | (27 | ) | — | (34 | ) | |||||||||
At 31 December 2006 | 313 | 631 | 11 | 955 | ||||||||||||
F-28
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Assets in | ||||||||||||||||
Land and | Plant and | course of | ||||||||||||||
buildings | equipment | construction | Total | |||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Depreciation | ||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2005 | (106 | ) | (436 | ) | — | (542 | ) | |||||||||
Exchange differences | (7 | ) | (33 | ) | — | (40 | ) | |||||||||
Charge for the year | (17 | ) | (63 | ) | — | (80 | ) | |||||||||
Disposals | — | 30 | — | 30 | ||||||||||||
Acquisition through business combination | — | (2 | ) | — | (2 | ) | ||||||||||
At 31 December 2005 | (130 | ) | (504 | ) | — | (634 | ) | |||||||||
Exchange differences | 10 | 41 | — | 51 | ||||||||||||
Transfers | — | 5 | — | 5 | ||||||||||||
Charge for the year | (17 | ) | (60 | ) | — | (77 | ) | |||||||||
Disposals | 4 | 27 | — | 31 | ||||||||||||
Acquisition through business combination | — | (8 | ) | — | (8 | ) | ||||||||||
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale | 5 | 20 | — | 25 | ||||||||||||
At 31 December 2006 | (128 | ) | (479 | ) | — | (607 | ) | |||||||||
Carrying amounts | ||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2005 | 174 | 168 | 13 | 355 | ||||||||||||
At 31 December 2005 | 198 | 179 | 7 | 384 | ||||||||||||
At 31 December 2006 | 185 | 152 | 11 | 348 | ||||||||||||
Depreciation expense of £18m (2005: £19m) has been included in the income statement in cost of goods sold, £6m (2005: £7m) in distribution expenses and £53m (2005: £54m) in administrative and other expenses. In 2006 £6m (2005: £4m) relates to discontinued operations.
The Group leases certain equipment under a number of finance lease agreements. The net carrying amount of leased plant and equipment included within property, plant and equipment was £4m (2005: £3m).
F-29
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
12 | Intangible assets |
Acquired | Other | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
publishing | intangibles | intangibles | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill | Software | rights | acquired | acquired | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2005 | 3,160 | 181 | 10 | 46 | 56 | 3,397 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences | 345 | 15 | 2 | 4 | 6 | 366 | ||||||||||||||||||
Transfers | — | (13 | ) | — | — | — | (13 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Additions | — | 24 | — | — | — | 24 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals | (6 | ) | (10 | ) | — | — | — | (16 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Acquisition through business combination | 155 | — | 56 | 33 | 89 | 244 | ||||||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2005 | 3,654 | 197 | 68 | 83 | 151 | 4,002 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences | (396 | ) | (17 | ) | (8 | ) | (8 | ) | (16 | ) | (429 | ) | ||||||||||||
Transfers | — | 6 | — | — | — | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Additions | — | 29 | — | — | — | 29 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals | (5 | ) | (2 | ) | — | — | — | (7 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Acquisition through business combination | 246 | 4 | 36 | 117 | 153 | 403 | ||||||||||||||||||
Adjustment on recognition of pre-acquisition deferred tax | (7 | ) | — | — | — | — | (7 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale | (221 | ) | (16 | ) | — | — | — | (237 | ) | |||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2006 | 3,271 | 201 | 96 | 192 | 288 | 3,760 | ||||||||||||||||||
Acquired | Other | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
publishing | intangibles | intangibles | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill | Software | rights | acquired | acquired | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortisation | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2005 | — | (111 | ) | — | (8 | ) | (8 | ) | (119 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Exchange differences | — | (10 | ) | — | — | — | (10 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Charge for the year | — | (18 | ) | (5 | ) | (6 | ) | (11 | ) | (29 | ) | |||||||||||||
Disposals | — | 10 | — | — | — | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2005 | — | (129 | ) | (5 | ) | (14 | ) | (19 | ) | (148 | ) | |||||||||||||
Exchange differences | — | 13 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 16 | ||||||||||||||||||
Transfers | — | (5 | ) | — | — | — | (5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Charge for the year | — | (23 | ) | (11 | ) | (17 | ) | (28 | ) | (51 | ) | |||||||||||||
Disposals | — | 1 | — | — | — | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition through business combination | — | (1 | ) | — | — | — | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale | — | 9 | — | — | — | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2006 | — | (135 | ) | (15 | ) | (29 | ) | (44 | ) | (179 | ) | |||||||||||||
Carrying amounts | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2005 | 3,160 | 70 | 10 | 38 | 48 | 3,278 | ||||||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2005 | 3,654 | 68 | 63 | 69 | 132 | 3,854 | ||||||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2006 | 3,271 | 66 | 81 | 163 | 244 | 3,581 | ||||||||||||||||||
F-30
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Other intangibles acquired include customer lists and relationships, software rights, technology, trade names and trademarks. Amortisation of £4m (2005: £4m) is included in the income statement in cost of goods sold and £47m (2005: £25m) in administrative and other expenses. In 2006 £3m of software amortisation (2005: £3m) relates to discontinued operations.
Impairment tests for cash-generating units containing goodwill
Impairment tests have been carried out where appropriate as described below. The recoverable amount for each unit tested exceeds its carrying value.
Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units identified according to the business segment. Goodwill has been allocated as follows:
Notes | ||||||||||||
2006 | 2005 | |||||||||||
) | ||||||||||||
(All figures | ||||||||||||
in £ millions | ||||||||||||
Higher Education | 780 | 903 | ||||||||||
School Book | 683 | 714 | ||||||||||
School Assessment and Testing | 342 | 310 | ||||||||||
School Technology | 356 | 408 | ||||||||||
Other Assessment and Testing | 490 | 531 | ||||||||||
Other Government Solutions | — | 249 | ||||||||||
Other Book | 56 | 57 | ||||||||||
Pearson Education total | 2,707 | 3,172 | ||||||||||
Penguin US | 156 | 179 | ||||||||||
Penguin UK | 114 | 114 | ||||||||||
Pearson Australia | 44 | 47 | ||||||||||
Penguin total | 314 | 340 | ||||||||||
IDC | 149 | 138 | ||||||||||
Mergermarket | 28 | 97 | — | |||||||||
Other FT Publishing | 4 | 4 | ||||||||||
FT Publishing total | 101 | 4 | ||||||||||
Total goodwill — continuing operations | 3,271 | 3,654 | ||||||||||
Goodwill held for sale | 29 | 221 | — | |||||||||
Total goodwill | 3,492 | 3,654 | ||||||||||
Goodwill has been allocated for impairment purposes to 13 cash-generating units. The recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit is based on value in use calculations, with the exception of IDC which is assessed on a market value basis. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually. Following a review in 2006, the allocation of corporate items has been revised. The 2005 comparative has been revised accordingly.
The value in use calculations use cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a five year period. The key assumptions used by management in the value in use calculations were:
Discount rate — The discount rate is based on the risk-free rate for government bonds, adjusted for a risk premium to reflect the increased risk in investing in equities. The risk premium adjustment is assessed for each specific cash-generating unit. The average pre-tax discount rates used are in the range |
F-31
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
of 10.3% to 11.9% for the Pearson Education businesses, 7.8% to 10.3% for the Penguin businesses and 10.5% to 11.0% for the FT Publishing businesses. | |
Perpetuity growth rates — The cash flows subsequent to the approved budget period are based upon the long-term historic growth rates of the underlying territories in which the cash-generating unit operates and reflect the long-term growth prospects of the sectors in which the cash-generating unit operates. The perpetuity growth rates used vary between 2.5% and 3.5%. The perpetuity growth rates are consistent with appropriate external sources for the relevant markets. | |
Cash flow growth rates — The cash flow growth rates are derived from forecast sales growth taking into consideration past experience of operating margins achieved in the cash-generating unit. Historically, such forecasts have been reasonably accurate. |
The valuation of IDC is determined using an observable market price for each share. Other than goodwill there are no intangible assets with indefinite lives.
13 | Investments in joint ventures and associates |
Joint ventures
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
At beginning of year | 12 | 14 | ||||||
Exchange differences | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||
Share of profit/(loss) after tax | 3 | (1 | ) | |||||
Dividends | (4 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||
Additions and further investment | 4 | 6 | ||||||
At end of year | 12 | 12 | ||||||
Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognised at cost.
The aggregate of the Group’s share in its joint ventures, none of which are individually significant, are as follows:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Assets | ||||||||
Non-current assets | 3 | 3 | ||||||
Current assets | 24 | 26 | ||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||
Current liabilities | (15 | ) | (17 | ) | ||||
Net assets | 12 | 12 | ||||||
Income | 52 | 46 | ||||||
Expenses | (49 | ) | (47 | ) | ||||
Profit/(loss)after income tax | 3 | (1 | ) | |||||
F-32
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Associates
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
At beginning of year | 24 | 33 | ||||||
Exchange differences | (1 | ) | — | |||||
Share of profit after tax | 21 | 15 | ||||||
Dividends | (41 | ) | (10 | ) | ||||
Disposals | — | (14 | ) | |||||
Distribution from associate in excess of carrying value | 5 | — | ||||||
At end of year | 8 | 24 | ||||||
There is no acquisition goodwill relating to the Group’s investments in associates.
The Group’s interests in its principal associates, all of which are unlisted, were as follows:
% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | Country of incorporation | Interest held | Assets | Liabilities | Revenues | Profit | ||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
The Economist Newspaper Ltd | England | 50 | 64 | (64 | ) | 122 | 18 | |||||||||||||||||
Other | 28 | (20 | ) | 48 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total | 92 | (84 | ) | 170 | 21 | |||||||||||||||||||
% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2005 | Country of incorporation | Interest held | Assets | Liabilities | Revenues | Profit | ||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
The Economist Newspaper Ltd | England | 50 | 79 | (67 | ) | 105 | 12 | |||||||||||||||||
Other | 42 | (30 | ) | 49 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total | 121 | (97 | ) | 154 | 15 | |||||||||||||||||||
The interest held in associates is equivalent to voting rights.
14 | Deferred income tax |
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in £ | ||||||||
millions) | ||||||||
Deferred tax assets | ||||||||
Deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than 12 months | 288 | 343 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months | 129 | 42 | ||||||
417 | 385 | |||||||
Deferred tax liabilities | ||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities to be settled after more than 12 months | (245 | ) | (204 | ) | ||||
Deferred tax liabilities to be settled within 12 months | — | — | ||||||
(245 | ) | (204 | ) | |||||
Net deferred tax | 172 | 181 | ||||||
F-33
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months relate to the utilisation of losses in the US. Included within the losses to be utilised in 2007 are capital and operating losses of £93m which it is anticipated will be utilised on the sale of Pearson Government Solutions.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities may be offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The Group has unrecognised deferred tax assets at 31 December 2006 in respect of UK losses of £35m and has not recognised a deferred tax asset amounting to £47m on the net pension deficit on UK plans on the basis that it is not sufficiently certain that suitable future profits will arise against which to offset the liability. None of these unrecognised deferred tax assets have expiry dates associated with them.
The recognition of the deferred tax assets is supported by management’s forecasts of the future profitability of the relevant business units.
The movement on the net deferred income tax account is as follows:
Notes | 2006 | 2005 | ||||||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||||||
At beginning of year | 181 | 220 | ||||||||||
Transition adjustment on adoption of IAS 39 | — | 5 | ||||||||||
Exchange differences | (16 | ) | 21 | |||||||||
Acquisition through business combination | 28 | (26 | ) | (21 | ) | |||||||
Income statement release/(charge) | 8 | 19 | (47 | ) | ||||||||
Tax benefit to equity | 14 | 3 | ||||||||||
At end of year | 172 | 181 | ||||||||||
The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year is as follows:
Goodwill | ||||||||||||||||||||
Capital | Trading | and | ||||||||||||||||||
losses | losses | intangibles | Other | Total | ||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred income tax assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2005 | — | 150 | 37 | 172 | 359 | |||||||||||||||
Transition adjustment on adoption of IAS 39 | — | — | — | 5 | 5 | |||||||||||||||
Exchange differences | — | 16 | 4 | 18 | 38 | |||||||||||||||
Acquisition through business combination | — | — | — | 1 | 1 | |||||||||||||||
Transfer between current and deferred taxation | — | — | — | 23 | 23 | |||||||||||||||
Income statement charge | — | (32 | ) | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | (44 | ) | |||||||||||
Tax benefit to equity | — | — | — | 3 | 3 | |||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2005 | — | 134 | 35 | 216 | 385 | |||||||||||||||
Exchange differences | — | (17 | ) | (4 | ) | (21 | ) | (42 | ) | |||||||||||
Income statement release/(charge) | 76 | 12 | (6 | ) | (19 | ) | 63 | |||||||||||||
Tax benefit to equity | — | — | — | 11 | 11 | |||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2006 | 76 | 129 | 25 | 187 | 417 | |||||||||||||||
F-34
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Other deferred tax assets include temporary differences on inventory, sales returns and other provisions.
Goodwill and | ||||||||||||
intangibles | Other | Total | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Deferred income tax liabilities | ||||||||||||
At 1 January 2005 | (59 | ) | (80 | ) | (139 | ) | ||||||
Exchange differences | (8 | ) | (9 | ) | (17 | ) | ||||||
Acquisition through business combination | (24 | ) | 2 | (22 | ) | |||||||
Transfer between current and deferred taxation | — | (23 | ) | (23 | ) | |||||||
Income statement (charge)/release | (26 | ) | 23 | (3 | ) | |||||||
At 31 December 2005 | (117 | ) | (87 | ) | (204 | ) | ||||||
Exchange differences | 15 | 11 | 26 | |||||||||
Acquisition through business combination | (20 | ) | (6 | ) | (26 | ) | ||||||
Income statement charge | (27 | ) | (17 | ) | (44 | ) | ||||||
Tax benefit to equity | — | 3 | 3 | |||||||||
At 31 December 2006 | (149 | ) | (96 | ) | (245 | ) | ||||||
Other deferred tax liabilities include temporary differences in respect of depreciation and royalty advances.
15 | Other financial assets |
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
At beginning of year | 18 | 15 | ||||||
Exchange differences | (1 | ) | 1 | |||||
Additions | — | 4 | ||||||
Disposals | — | (2 | ) | |||||
At end of year | 17 | 18 | ||||||
Other financial assets comprise non-current unlisted securities.
F-35
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
16 | Derivative financial instruments |
The Group’s approach to the management of financial risks is set out in Item 11 of this Form 20-F. The Group’s outstanding derivative financial instruments are as follows:
2006 | ||||||||||||
Gross | ||||||||||||
notional | ||||||||||||
amounts | Assets | Liabilities | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives — in a fair value hedge relationship | 953 | 20 | (17 | ) | ||||||||
Interest rate derivatives — not in a hedge relationship | 1,026 | 9 | (2 | ) | ||||||||
Cross currency rate derivatives — in a net investment hedge relationship | 230 | 40 | — | |||||||||
Cross currency rate derivatives — not in a hedge relationship | 180 | 17 | — | |||||||||
Total | 2,389 | 86 | (19 | ) | ||||||||
Analysed as expiring: | ||||||||||||
In less than one year | 976 | 50 | — | |||||||||
Later than one year and not later than five years | 1,005 | 26 | (4 | ) | ||||||||
Later than five years | 408 | 10 | (15 | ) | ||||||||
Total | 2,389 | 86 | (19 | ) | ||||||||
2005 | ||||||||||||
Gross | ||||||||||||
notional | ||||||||||||
amounts | Assets | Liabilities | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives — in a fair value hedge relationship | 1,109 | 31 | (16 | ) | ||||||||
Interest rate derivatives — not in a hedge relationship | 1,330 | 18 | (6 | ) | ||||||||
Cross currency rate derivatives — in a net investment hedge relationship | 230 | 13 | — | |||||||||
Cross currency rate derivatives — not in a hedge relationship | 180 | 21 | — | |||||||||
Total | 2,849 | 83 | (22 | ) | ||||||||
Analysed as expiring: | ||||||||||||
In less than one year | 250 | 4 | — | |||||||||
Later than one year and not later than five years | 1,823 | 57 | (8 | ) | ||||||||
Later than five years | 776 | 22 | (14 | ) | ||||||||
Total | 2,849 | 83 | (22 | ) | ||||||||
The carrying value of the above derivative financial instruments equals their fair value. Fair values are determined by using market data and the use of established estimation techniques such as discounted cash flow and option valuation models.
At the end of 2006, the currency split of themark-to-market values of rate derivatives, including the exchange of principal on cross currency rate derivatives, was US dollar £(247)m, euro £157m and sterling £157m (2005: US dollar £(269)m, euro £166m and sterling £164m).
The fixed interest rates on outstanding rate derivative contracts at the end of 2006 range from 3.02% to 7.00% (2005: 3.02% to 7.23%) and the floating rates are based on LIBOR in US dollar, sterling and euro(EURIBOR).
F-36
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Group’s portfolio of rate derivatives is diversified by maturity, counterparty and type. Natural offsets between transactions within the portfolio and the designation of certain derivatives as hedges significantly reduce the risk of income statement volatility.
The following sensitivity analysis of derivative financial instruments to interest rate movements is based on the assumption of a 1% change in interest rates for all currencies and maturities, with all other variables held constant.
2006 | ||||||||||||
Net carrying | 1% rate | 1% rate | ||||||||||
amount | increase | decrease | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives — in a fair value hedge relationship | 3 | (28 | ) | 31 | ||||||||
Interest rate derivatives — not in a hedge relationship | 7 | 1 | (1 | ) | ||||||||
Cross currency rate derivatives — in a net investment hedge relationship | 40 | — | — | |||||||||
Cross currency rate derivatives — not in a hedge relationship | 17 | (1 | ) | 1 | ||||||||
Total | 67 | (28 | ) | 31 | ||||||||
Effect of fair value hedge accounting | — | 28 | (31 | ) | ||||||||
Sensitivity after the application of hedge accounting | 67 | — | — | |||||||||
Counterparty exposure from all derivatives is managed, together with that from deposits and bank account balances, within credit limits that reflect published credit ratings to ensure that there is no significant risk to any one counterparty. No single derivative transaction had a market value (positive or negative) at the balance sheet date that exceeded 3% of the Group’s consolidated total equity.
At the year end the Group held an amount of £29m equivalent as collateral under amark-to-market agreement. This reflected the amount, at market rates prevailing at the end of October 2006, owed to the Group by a counterparty for a set of three related rate derivatives. Under these derivatives the Group is due to exchange $209m for€204m at the beginning of February 2007,with the repayment of the€591m bond. There are no restrictions on the Group’s use of these funds, which have been recorded in borrowings as a current bank loan.
In accordance with IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, the Group has reviewed all of its material contracts for embedded derivatives that are required to be separately accounted for if they do not meet certain requirements, and has concluded that there are no material embedded derivatives.
F-37
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
17 | Intangible assets — pre-publication |
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Cost | ||||||||
At beginning of year | 1,357 | 1,109 | ||||||
Exchange differences | (148 | ) | 112 | |||||
Transfers | 6 | — | ||||||
Additions | 213 | 222 | ||||||
Disposals | (280 | ) | (113 | ) | ||||
Acquisition through business combination | 4 | 27 | ||||||
At end of year | 1,152 | 1,357 | ||||||
Amortisation | ||||||||
At beginning of year | (931 | ) | (753 | ) | ||||
Exchange differences | 111 | (87 | ) | |||||
Charge for the year | (210 | ) | (192 | ) | ||||
Disposals | 280 | 113 | ||||||
Acquisition through business combination | — | (12 | ) | |||||
At end of year | (750 | ) | (931 | ) | ||||
Carrying amounts | ||||||||
At end of year | 402 | 426 | ||||||
Included in the above are pre-publication assets amounting to £243m (2005: £261m)which will be realised in more than 12 months.
Amortisation is included in the income statement in cost of goods sold. There was no amortisation relating to discontinued operations in 2006 and 2005.
18 | Inventories |
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Raw materials | 26 | 23 | ||||||
Work in progress | 28 | 43 | ||||||
Finished goods | 300 | 307 | ||||||
354 | 373 | |||||||
The cost of inventories, all relating to continuing operations, recognized as an expense and included in the income statement in cost of goods sold amounted to £820m (2005: £767m). In 2006 £46m (2005: £42m) of inventory provisions were charged in the income statement. None of the inventory is pledged as security.
F-38
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
19 | Trade and other receivables |
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in £ | ||||||||
millions) | ||||||||
Current | ||||||||
Trade receivables | 768 | 825 | ||||||
Royalty advances | 91 | 124 | ||||||
Prepayments and accrued income | 34 | 38 | ||||||
Other receivables | 58 | 42 | ||||||
Receivables from related parties | 2 | 2 | ||||||
953 | 1,031 | |||||||
Non-current | ||||||||
Royalty advances | 80 | 67 | ||||||
Prepayments and accrued income | 4 | 4 | ||||||
Other receivables | 40 | 37 | ||||||
124 | 108 | |||||||
Trade receivables are stated net of provisions for bad and doubtful debts and anticipated future sales returns of £284m (2005: £313m). The carrying amounts are stated at their fair value. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the Group’s large number of customers, who are internationally dispersed.
20 | Cash and cash equivalents (excluding overdrafts) |
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Cash at bank and in hand | 421 | 393 | ||||||
Short-term bank deposits | 171 | 509 | ||||||
592 | 902 | |||||||
Short-term bank deposits are invested with banks and earn interest at the prevailing short-term deposit rates.
At the end of 2006 the currency split of cash and cash equivalents is US dollars 31% (2005: 31%), sterling 35% (2005: 38%), euros 21% (2005: 24%) and other 13% (2005: 7%).
Cash and cash equivalents have fair values that approximate to their carrying amounts due to their short-term nature.
Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purpose of the cash flow statement:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | 592 | 902 | ||||||
Bank overdrafts | (61 | ) | (58 | ) | ||||
531 | 844 | |||||||
F-39
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
21 | Financial liabilities — Borrowings |
The Group’s current and non-current borrowings are as follows:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Non-current | ||||||||
6.125% Euro Bonds 2007 (nominal amount€591m) | — | 436 | ||||||
10.5% Sterling Bonds 2008 (nominal amount £100m) | 105 | 107 | ||||||
4.7% US Dollar Bonds 2009 (nominal amount $350m) | 178 | 203 | ||||||
7% Global Dollar Bonds 2011 (nominal amount $500m) | 266 | 307 | ||||||
7% Sterling Bonds 2014 (nominal amount £250m) | 251 | 250 | ||||||
5.7% US Dollar Bonds 2014 (nominal amount $400m) | 206 | 238 | ||||||
4.625% US Dollar notes 2018 (nominal amount $300m) | 139 | 161 | ||||||
Finance lease liabilities | 3 | 1 | ||||||
1,148 | 1,703 | |||||||
Current | ||||||||
Due within one year or on demand: | ||||||||
Bank loans and overdrafts | 173 | 102 | ||||||
7.375% US Dollar notes 2006 | — | 152 | ||||||
6.125% Euro Bonds 2007 (nominal amount€591m) | 421 | — | ||||||
Finance lease liabilities | 1 | 2 | ||||||
595 | 256 | |||||||
Total borrowings | 1,743 | 1,959 | ||||||
Included in the non-current borrowings above is £12m of accrued interest (2005: £35m).
Included in the current borrowings above is £22m of accrued interest (2005: £3m).
All of the Group’s borrowings are unsecured. In respect of finance lease obligations (2006: £4m; 2005: £3m) the rights to the leased asset revert to the lessor in the event of default.
The maturity of the Group’s non-current borrowing is as follows:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Between one and two years | 107 | 437 | ||||||
Between two and five years | 445 | 310 | ||||||
Over five years | 596 | 956 | ||||||
1,148 | 1,703 | |||||||
F-40
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
As at 31 December 2006 the exposure of the borrowings of the Group to interest rate changes when the borrowings re-price is as follows:
One to | More than | |||||||||||||||
Total | One year | five years | five years | |||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Carrying value of borrowings | 1,743 | 595 | 552 | 596 | ||||||||||||
Effect of rate derivatives | — | 629 | (221 | ) | (408 | ) | ||||||||||
1,743 | 1,224 | 331 | 188 | |||||||||||||
The carrying amounts and market values of non-current borrowings are as follows:
Carrying | Market | Carrying | Market | |||||||||||||||||
Effective | amount | value | amount | value | ||||||||||||||||
interest Rate | 2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2005 | ||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
6.125% Euro Bonds 2007 | 6.18 | % | — | — | 436 | 419 | ||||||||||||||
10.5% Sterling Bonds 2008 | 10.53 | % | 105 | 106 | 107 | 113 | ||||||||||||||
4.7% US Dollar Bonds 2009 | 4.86 | % | 178 | 176 | 203 | 200 | ||||||||||||||
7% Global Dollar Bonds 2011 | 7.16 | % | 266 | 269 | 307 | 310 | ||||||||||||||
7% Sterling Bonds 2014 | 7.20 | % | 251 | 265 | 250 | 282 | ||||||||||||||
5.7% US Dollar Bonds 2014 | 5.88 | % | 206 | 203 | 238 | 234 | ||||||||||||||
4.625% US Dollar notes 2018 | 4.69 | % | 139 | 135 | 161 | 155 | ||||||||||||||
Finance lease liabilities | n/a | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||||||||
1,148 | 1,157 | 1,703 | 1,714 | |||||||||||||||||
The market values are based on clean market prices at the year end or, where these are not available, on the quoted market prices of comparable debt issued by other companies. The effective interest rates above relate to the underlying debt instruments.
The carrying amounts of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in the following currencies:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
US dollar | 966 | 1,165 | ||||||
Sterling | 356 | 357 | ||||||
Euro | 421 | 437 | ||||||
1,743 | 1,959 | |||||||
The maturity of the Group’s finance lease obligations is as follows:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Finance lease liabilities — minimum lease payments | ||||||||
Not later than one year | 1 | 2 | ||||||
Later than one year and not later than five years | 3 | 1 | ||||||
Later than five years | — | — | ||||||
Future finance charges on finance leases | — | — | ||||||
Present value of finance lease liabilities | 4 | 3 | ||||||
F-41
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The present value of finance lease liabilities is as follows:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Not later than one year | 1 | 2 | ||||||
Later than one year and not later than five years | 3 | 1 | ||||||
Later than five years | — | — | ||||||
4 | 3 | |||||||
The carrying amount of the Group’s lease obligations approximates their fair value.
The Group has the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities as at 31 December:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Floating rate | ||||||||
— expiring within one year | — | — | ||||||
— expiring beyond one year | 894 | 786 | ||||||
894 | 786 | |||||||
During the year, the Group renegotiated its revolving credit facility which increased the amount and extended the maturity date.
In addition to the above facilities, there are a number of short-term facilities that are utilised in the normal course of business.
22 | Provisions for other liabilities and charges |
Deferred | Re- | |||||||||||||||||||||||
consideration | Integration | organizations | Leases | Other | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2006 | 26 | 3 | 5 | 12 | 18 | 64 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences | — | — | — | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | (4 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Charged to consolidated income statement | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
— Additional provisions | — | — | 1 | 4 | 7 | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||
— Unused amounts reversed | (9 | ) | — | (2 | ) | — | (4 | ) | (15 | ) | ||||||||||||||
On acquisition | 17 | — | — | — | 3 | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||
Utilised during year | (9 | ) | (1 | ) | (3 | ) | (2 | ) | (10 | ) | (25 | ) | ||||||||||||
At 31 December 2006 | 25 | 2 | 1 | 12 | 12 | 52 | ||||||||||||||||||
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Analysis of provisions | ||||||||
Non-current | 29 | 31 | ||||||
Current | 23 | 33 | ||||||
52 | 64 | |||||||
F-42
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Deferred consideration — Additional deferred consideration of £17m was incurred during the year relating to the acquisition of Mergermarket.
Lease commitments — These relate primarily to onerous lease contracts, acquired through business combinations, which have various expiry dates up to 2010. The provision is based on current occupancy estimates.
23 | Trade and other liabilities |
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Trade payables | 343 | 348 | ||||||
Social security and other taxes | 18 | 21 | ||||||
Accruals | 345 | 363 | ||||||
Deferred income | 276 | 237 | ||||||
Other liabilities | 178 | 156 | ||||||
1,160 | 1,125 | |||||||
Less: non-current portion | ||||||||
Accruals | 24 | 15 | ||||||
Deferred income | 47 | 51 | ||||||
Other liabilities | 91 | 85 | ||||||
162 | 151 | |||||||
Current portion | 998 | 974 | ||||||
The carrying value of the Group’s trade and other liabilities approximates their fair value.
The deferred income balances comprise:
• multi-year obligations to deliver workbooks to adoption customers in school businesses;
• advance payments in contracting businesses;
• subscription income in school, newspaper and market pricing businesses; and
• advertising income relating to future publishing days in newspaper businesses.
24 | Employee benefits |
Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates a number of retirement benefit plans throughout the world, the principal ones being in the UK and US. The major plans are self-administered with the plans’ assets being held independently of the Group. Retirement benefit costs are assessed in accordance with the advice of independent qualified actuaries. The UK Group plan is a hybrid plan with both defined benefit and defined contribution sections but, predominantly, consisting of defined benefit liabilities. There are a number of defined contribution plans, principally overseas.
The most recent actuarial valuation of the UK Group plan was completed as at 1 January 2006.
F-43
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The principal assumptions used for the UK Group plan are shown below. Weighted average assumptions have been shown for the other plans.
2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2005 | 2004 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||
UK Group | Other | UK Group | Other | UK Group | Other | |||||||||||||||||||
% | plan | plans | plan | plans | plan | plans | ||||||||||||||||||
Inflation | 3.00 | 2.91 | 2.80 | 2.95 | 2.80 | 2.98 | ||||||||||||||||||
Expected rate of increase in salaries | 4.70 | 4.37 | 4.50 | 4.43 | 4.80 | 4.44 | ||||||||||||||||||
Expected rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred pensions | 2.10 to 4.60 | — | 2.50 to 4.00 | — | 2.80 to 4.00 | — | ||||||||||||||||||
Rate used to discount plan liabilities | 5.20 | 5.70 | 4.85 | 5.54 | 5.40 | 5.84 | ||||||||||||||||||
Expected return on assets | 6.40 | 7.18 | 6.40 | 7.31 | 6.60 | 7.23 | ||||||||||||||||||
Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on advice, published statistics and experience in each territory. In 2006, the Group used the PMFA92 (medium-cohort) series mortality tables for the UK Group plan modified for age-rating adjustments to recalibrate the tables against observed experience of the plan, and allowing for the future improvement effect from the medium cohort approach.
The remaining average life expectancy in years of a pensioner retiring at age 65 on the balance sheet date is as follows for the UK Group plan:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
Male | 20.9 | 19.5 | ||||||
Female | 21.3 | 21.5 | ||||||
The remaining average life expectancy in years of a pensioner retiring at age 65, 20 years after the balance sheet date, is as follows for the UK Group plan:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
Male | 22.2 | 20.2 | ||||||
Female | 22.5 | 22.1 | ||||||
The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:
Defined | ||||||||||||||||||||
UK Group | benefit | Defined | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||
plan | other | Sub Total | contribution | Total | ||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Current service cost | 27 | 2 | 29 | 36 | 65 | |||||||||||||||
Total operating costs | 27 | 2 | 29 | 36 | 65 | |||||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets | (85 | ) | (7 | ) | (92 | ) | — | (92 | ) | |||||||||||
Interest on pension scheme liabilities | 78 | 7 | 85 | — | 85 | |||||||||||||||
Net finance income | (7 | ) | — | (7 | ) | — | (7 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net income statement charge | 20 | 2 | 22 | 36 | 58 | |||||||||||||||
Actual return on plan assets | 153 | 13 | 166 | — | 166 | |||||||||||||||
F-44
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Defined | ||||||||||||||||||||
UK Group | benefit | Sub | Defined | 2005 | ||||||||||||||||
plan | other | Total | contribution | Total | ||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Current service cost | 25 | 2 | 27 | 35 | 62 | |||||||||||||||
Curtailments | — | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | — | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||
Total operating costs | 25 | — | 25 | 35 | 60 | |||||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets | (75 | ) | (6 | ) | (81 | ) | — | (81 | ) | |||||||||||
Interest on pension scheme liabilities | 79 | 6 | 85 | — | 85 | |||||||||||||||
Net finance costs | 4 | — | 4 | — | 4 | |||||||||||||||
Net income statement charge | 29 | — | 29 | 35 | 64 | |||||||||||||||
Actual return on plan assets | 214 | 7 | 221 | — | 221 | |||||||||||||||
Defined | ||||||||||||||||||||
UK Group | benefit | Sub | Defined | 2004 | ||||||||||||||||
plan | other | Total | contribution | Total | ||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Current service cost | 22 | 2 | 24 | 32 | 56 | |||||||||||||||
Total operating costs | 22 | 2 | 24 | 32 | 56 | |||||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets | (71 | ) | (6 | ) | (77 | ) | — | (77 | ) | |||||||||||
Interest on pension scheme liabilities | 72 | 6 | 78 | — | 78 | |||||||||||||||
Net finance costs | 1 | — | 1 | — | 1 | |||||||||||||||
Net income statement charge | 23 | 2 | 25 | 32 | 57 | |||||||||||||||
Actual return on plan assets | 135 | 9 | 144 | — | 144 | |||||||||||||||
The total operating charge is included in administrative and other expenses.
The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are as follows:
2006 | 2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2005 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK | Other | Other | UK | Other | Other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Group | funded | unfunded | 2006 | Group | funded | unfunded | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
plan | plans | plans | Total | plan | plans | plans | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value of plan assets | 1,528 | 105 | — | 1,633 | 1,390 | 110 | — | 1,500 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Present value of defined benefit obligation | (1,683 | ) | (115 | ) | (12 | ) | (1,810 | ) | (1,661 | ) | (131 | ) | (11 | ) | (1,803 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Net pension liability | (155 | ) | (10 | ) | (12 | ) | (177 | ) | (271 | ) | (21 | ) | (11 | ) | (303 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Other post-retirement medical benefit obligation | (48 | ) | (60 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other pension accruals | (25 | ) | (26 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total retirement benefit obligations | (250 | ) | (389 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
F-45
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following gains/(losses) have been recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense:
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Amounts recognised for defined benefit plans | 102 | 21 | (60 | ) | ||||||||
Amounts recognised for post-retirement medical benefit plans | 5 | 5 | (1 | ) | ||||||||
Total recognised in year | 107 | 26 | (61 | ) | ||||||||
Cumulative amounts recognised | 44 | (63 | ) | (89 | ) | |||||||
The fair value of plan assets comprises the following:
2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
UK | Other | UK | Other | |||||||||||||||||||||
Group | funded | 2006 | Group | funded | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||
% | plan | plans | Total | plan | plans | Total | ||||||||||||||||||
Equities | 46.6 | 3.9 | 50.5 | 47.4 | 4.3 | 51.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Bonds | 23.8 | 2.1 | 25.9 | 24.7 | 2.0 | 26.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Properties | 9.2 | — | 9.2 | 8.9 | — | 8.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other | 14.0 | 0.4 | 14.4 | 11.7 | 1.0 | 12.7 |
The plan assets do not include any of the Group’s own financial instruments, nor any property occupied by the Group.
F-46
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Changes in the values of plan assets and liabilities are as follows:
2006 UK | 2005 UK | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Group | 2006 | 2006 | Group | 2005 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||
plan | Other | Total | plan | Other | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value of plan assets | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Opening fair value of plan assets | 1,390 | 110 | 1,500 | 1,198 | 82 | 1,280 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences | — | (12 | ) | (12 | ) | — | 9 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets | 85 | 7 | 92 | 75 | 6 | 81 | ||||||||||||||||||
Actuarial gains and losses | 68 | 6 | 74 | 139 | 1 | 140 | ||||||||||||||||||
Contributions by employer | 43 | 2 | 45 | 35 | 10 | 45 | ||||||||||||||||||
Contributions by employee | 7 | — | 7 | 6 | — | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Benefits paid | (65 | ) | (8 | ) | (73 | ) | (63 | ) | (6 | ) | (69 | ) | ||||||||||||
Acquisition through business combination | — | — | — | — | 8 | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Closing fair value of plan assets | 1,528 | 105 | 1,633 | 1,390 | 110 | 1,500 | ||||||||||||||||||
Present value of defined benefit obligation | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Opening defined benefit obligation | (1,661 | ) | (142 | ) | (1,803 | ) | (1,502 | ) | (113 | ) | (1,615 | ) | ||||||||||||
Exchange differences | — | 15 | 15 | — | (12 | ) | (12 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Current service cost | (27 | ) | (2 | ) | (29 | ) | (25 | ) | (2 | ) | (27 | ) | ||||||||||||
Curtailment | — | — | — | — | 2 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest cost | (78 | ) | (7 | ) | (85 | ) | (79 | ) | (6 | ) | (85 | ) | ||||||||||||
Actuarial gains and losses | 25 | 3 | 28 | (112 | ) | (7 | ) | (119 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Contributions by employee | (7 | ) | — | (7 | ) | (6 | ) | — | (6 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Benefits paid | 65 | 8 | 73 | 63 | 6 | 69 | ||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition through business combination | — | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | — | (10 | ) | (10 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Closing defined benefit obligation | (1,683 | ) | (127 | ) | (1,810 | ) | (1,661 | ) | (142 | ) | (1,803 | ) | ||||||||||||
The history of the defined benefit plans is as follows:
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | |||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Fair value of plan assets | 1,633 | 1,500 | 1,280 | 1,164 | ||||||||||||
Present value of defined benefit obligation | (1,810 | ) | (1,803 | ) | (1,615 | ) | (1,454 | ) | ||||||||
Net pension liability | (177 | ) | (303 | ) | (335 | ) | (290 | ) | ||||||||
Experience adjustments on plan assets | 74 | 140 | 67 | 88 | ||||||||||||
Experience adjustments on plan liabilities | 28 | (119 | ) | (127 | ) | (113 | ) | |||||||||
The expected rates of return on categories of plan assets are determined by reference to relevant indices. The overall expected rate of return is calculated by weighting the individual rates in accordance with the anticipated balance in the plan’s investment portfolio.
The Group expects to contribute approximately £150m to its defined benefit plans in 2007, which includes an additional contribution of £100m to the UK Group plan.
F-47
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The effect of a one percentage point increase and decrease in the discount rate is as follows:
2006 | 2006 | |||||||
1% increase | 1% decrease | |||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||
Effect on: | ||||||||
(Decrease)/increase in defined benefit obligation | (242 | ) | 297 |
Other post-retirement obligations
The Group operates a number of post-retirement medical benefit plans, principally in the US. These plans are unfunded. The method of accounting and the frequency of valuations are similar to those used for defined benefit pension plans.
The principal assumptions used are shown below:
% | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||
Inflation | 3.00 | 3.00 | 3.00 | |||||||||
Initial rate of increase in healthcare rates | 10.00 | 10.00 | 12.00 | |||||||||
Ultimate rate of increase in healthcare rates | 5.00 | 5.00 | 5.00 | |||||||||
Rate used to discount scheme liabilities | 5.85 | 5.60 | 5.60 |
The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Current service cost | 1 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||
Past service cost | (2 | ) | — | — | ||||||||
Total operating (income)/costs | (1 | ) | 1 | 1 | ||||||||
Interest cost | 3 | 3 | 4 | |||||||||
Net income statement charge | 2 | 4 | 5 | |||||||||
The current and past service costs have been included in administrative and other expenses.
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Opening defined benefit obligation | (60 | ) | (58 | ) | ||||
Exchange differences | 8 | (7 | ) | |||||
Reclassifications | (3 | ) | — | |||||
Current service cost | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||
Past service cost | 2 | — | ||||||
Interest cost | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||
Benefits paid | 4 | 4 | ||||||
Actuarial gains and losses | 5 | 5 | ||||||
Closing defined benefit obligation | (48 | ) | (60 | ) | ||||
F-48
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The effect of a one percentage point increase and decrease in the assumed medical cost trend rates is as follows:
2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2005 | 2004 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||
1% increase | 1% decrease | 1% increase | 1% decrease | 1% increase | 1% decrease | |||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Effect on: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase/(decrease) of aggregate of service cost and interest cost | 0.1 | (0.1 | ) | 0.2 | (0.2 | ) | 0.2 | (0.2 | ) | |||||||||||||||
(Decrease)/increase in defined benefit obligation | (4.7 | ) | 5.1 | (4.7 | ) | 4.1 | (4.1 | ) | 3.7 |
Share-based payments
The Group recognised the following charges in the income statement in respect of its equity-settled share-based payment plans:
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Pearson plans | 18 | 13 | 15 | |||||||||
IDC plans | 7 | 10 | 10 | |||||||||
Total share-based payment costs | 25 | 23 | 25 | |||||||||
The Group operates the following equity-settled employee option and share plans:
Worldwide Save for Shares Plan — Since 1994, the Group has operated a Save-As-You-Earn plan for UK employees. In 1998, the Group introduced a Worldwide Save for Shares Plan. Under these plans, employees can save a portion of their monthly salary over periods of three, five or seven years. At the end of this period, the employee has the option to purchase ordinary shares with the accumulated funds at a purchase price equal to 80% of the market price prevailing at the time of the commencement of the employee’s participation in the plan. Options that are not exercised within six months of the third, fifth or seventh anniversary after grant lapse unconditionally. | |
Employee Stock Purchase Plan — In 2000, the Group established an Employee Stock Purchase Plan which allows all employees in the US to save a portion of their monthly salary over six month periods. At the end of the period, the employee has the option to purchase ADRs with their accumulated funds at a purchase price equal to 85% of the lower of the market price prevailing at the beginning or end of the period. | |
Long-Term Incentive Plan — This plan was introduced in 2001 and renewed in 2006 and consists of two parts: share options and/or restricted shares. | |
Options were granted under this plan in 2001 based on a pre-grant earnings per share growth test and are not subject to further performance conditions on exercise. The options became exercisable in tranches and lapse if they remain unexercised at the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. | |
The vesting of restricted shares is normally dependent on continuing service and/or upon the satisfaction of corporate performance targets over a three-year period. These targets may be based on market and/or non-market performance criteria. Restricted shares awarded to senior management in October 2006 vest dependent on relative shareholder return, return on invested capital and a combination of earnings per share growth. The award was split equally across all three measures. Other restricted shares awarded in 2006 vest depending on continuing service over a three-year period. |
F-49
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Annual Bonus Share Matching Plan — This plan permits executive directors and senior executives around the Group to invest up to 50% of any after tax annual bonus in Pearson shares. If these shares are held more than three years and the Group meets an earnings per share growth target, the Company will match them on a gross basis of up to one share for every one held after five years. | |
In addition to the above, share options remain outstanding under Executive Share Option, Reward and Special Share Option Plans. These are legacy plans which were replaced with the introduction of the Long-Term Incentive Plan in 2001. |
The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options granted under the Group’s plans are as follows:
2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2005 | |||||||||||||
Number of | Weighted | Number of | Weighted | |||||||||||||
share | average | share | average | |||||||||||||
options | exercise | options | exercise | |||||||||||||
000s | price £ | 000s | price £ | |||||||||||||
Outstanding at beginning of year | 21,677 | 13.15 | 26,179 | 13.62 | ||||||||||||
Granted during the year | 837 | 6.30 | 606 | 4.92 | ||||||||||||
Exercised during the year | (1,396 | ) | 5.36 | (324 | ) | 6.01 | ||||||||||
Forfeited during the year | (1,828 | ) | 15.39 | (4,352 | ) | 15.75 | ||||||||||
Expired during the year | (429 | ) | 6.72 | (432 | ) | 9.17 | ||||||||||
Outstanding at end of year | 18,861 | 13.36 | 21,677 | 13.15 | ||||||||||||
Options exercisable at end of year | 15,595 | 14.14 | 17,420 | 13.90 | ||||||||||||
Options were exercised regularly throughout the year. The weighted average share price during the year was £7.45 (2005: £6.52). Early exercises arising from redundancy, retirement or death are treated as an acceleration of vesting and the Group therefore recognises in the income statement the amount that otherwise would have been recognised for services received over the remainder of the original vesting period.
The options outstanding at the end of the year have weighted average remaining contractual lives and exercise prices as follows:
2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2005 | |||||||||||||
Number of | Weighted | Number of | Weighted | |||||||||||||
share | average | share | average | |||||||||||||
Range of exercise prices | options | contractual | options | contractual | ||||||||||||
£ | 000s | life years | 000s | life years | ||||||||||||
0 — 5 | 1,649 | 1.94 | 2,773 | 2.32 | ||||||||||||
5 — 10 | 5,254 | 3.85 | 5,555 | 4.57 | ||||||||||||
10 — 15 | 7,638 | 3.63 | 8,237 | 4.64 | ||||||||||||
15 — 20 | 1,050 | 2.88 | 1,168 | 3.81 | ||||||||||||
20 — 25 | 424 | 3.19 | 930 | 3.80 | ||||||||||||
>25 | 2,846 | 3.22 | 3,014 | 4.22 | ||||||||||||
18,861 | 3.42 | 21,677 | 4.19 | |||||||||||||
In 2006 and 2005 options were granted under the Worldwide Save for Shares Plan. The weighted average estimated fair value for the options granted was calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.
F-50
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The weighted average estimated fair values and the inputs into the Black-Scholes model are as follows:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
Weighted | Weighted | |||||||
average | average | |||||||
Fair value | £1.92 | £2.41 | ||||||
Weighted average share price | £7.66 | £6.54 | ||||||
Weighted average exercise price | £6.30 | £5.08 | ||||||
Expected volatility | 23.12 | % | 35.47 | % | ||||
Expected life | 4.0 years | 4.1 years | ||||||
Risk free rate | 4.42 | % | 4.48 | % | ||||
Expected dividend yield | 3.52 | % | 3.93 | % | ||||
Forfeiture rate | 5.0 | % | 6.3 | % | ||||
The expected volatility is based on the historic volatility of the Company’s share price over the previous three to seven years depending on the vesting term of the options.
The following shares were granted under restricted share arrangements:
2006 | 2006 | 2005 | ||||||||||||||
Number | Weighted | 2005 | Weighted | |||||||||||||
of shares | average | Number | average | |||||||||||||
000s | fair value | of shares | fair value | |||||||||||||
£ | 000s | £ | ||||||||||||||
Annual Bonus Share Matching Plan | 90 | 6.27 | 71 | 5.57 | ||||||||||||
Long-Term Incentive Plan | 3,585 | 6.96 | 3,987 | 5.05 |
In 2005, the fair value of restricted shares awarded under the Annual Bonus Share Matching Plan and the Long-Term Incentive Plan was determined using a Black-Scholes model to reflect dividends foregone using a dividend yield of 3.85%. From 2006 onwards, participants of the Long-Term Incentive Plan are entitled to dividends during the vesting period. Following a review of the accounting policies for share-based payments in 2006, the restricted shares granted in 2006 under the Annual Bonus Share Matching Plan are valued using the share price at the date of grant discounted by the dividend yield (3.66%) to take into account any dividends foregone. The fair value of shares granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan that vest unconditionally was determined using the share price at the date of grant. The number of shares to vest was adjusted based on historical experience to account for any potential forfeitures. Restricted shares with a market performance condition were valued by an independent actuary using a Monte Carlo model. Restricted shares with a non-market performance condition were fair valued based on the share price at the date of grant. Non-market performance conditions were considered by adjusting the number of shares expected to vest based on the most likely outcome of the relevant performance criteria.
Subsidiary share option plans
IDC, a 62% subsidiary of the Group, operates the following share-based payment plans:
2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan In 2001, IDC adopted the 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan for all eligible employees worldwide. The 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan allows employees to purchase stock at a discounted price at specific times. | |
2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan Under this plan, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors can grant share-based awards representing up to 20% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at the date of grant. The plan provides for the discretionary issuance of share-based awards to directors, officers and employees of IDC, as well as persons who provide consulting or other services to IDC. The exercise price for all options granted to date has been equal to the market price of |
F-51
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
the underlying shares at the date of grant. Options expire ten years from the date of grant and generally vest over a three to four year period without any performance criteria attached. |
In addition, grants of restricted stock can be made to certain executives and members of the Board of Directors of IDC. The awarded shares are available for distribution, at no cost, at the end of a three-year vesting period. No performance criteria are attached to shares granted under this plan.
The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options granted under the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan are as follows:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | Weighted | 2006 | 2005 | Weighted | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||
Number | average | Weighted | Number | average | Weighted | |||||||||||||||||||
of share | exercise | average | of share | exercise | average | |||||||||||||||||||
options | price | exercise | options | price | exercise | |||||||||||||||||||
000s | $ | price £ | 000s | $ | price £ | |||||||||||||||||||
Outstanding at beginning of year | 10,068 | 15.16 | 8.37 | 9,832 | 13.46 | 7.36 | ||||||||||||||||||
Granted during the year | 1,835 | 20.58 | 10.52 | 1,940 | 21.38 | 11.80 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exercised during the year | (1,252 | ) | 12.88 | 6.58 | (1,412 | ) | 11.57 | 6.39 | ||||||||||||||||
Forfeited during the year | (139 | ) | 19.02 | 9.72 | (292 | ) | 16.86 | 9.31 | ||||||||||||||||
Expired during the year | (6 | ) | 11.46 | 5.86 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||
Outstanding at end of year | 10,506 | 16.33 | 8.34 | 10,068 | 15.16 | 8.37 | ||||||||||||||||||
Options exercisable at end of year | 6,547 | 14.11 | 7.21 | 6,052 | 12.58 | 6.94 | ||||||||||||||||||
The options outstanding at the end of the year have a weighted average remaining contractual life and exercise price as follows:
2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2005 | |||||||||||||
Number | Weighted | Number | Weighted | |||||||||||||
of share | average | of share | average | |||||||||||||
Range of exercise prices | options | contractual | options | contractual | ||||||||||||
$ | 000s | life years | 000s | life years | ||||||||||||
0 — 4.4 | 30 | 3.1 | 33 | 4.2 | ||||||||||||
4.4 — 7.5 | 157 | 2.3 | 206 | 3.6 | ||||||||||||
7.5 — 12 | 2,164 | 4.4 | 2,685 | 5.3 | ||||||||||||
12 — 20 | 4,640 | 6.4 | 5,243 | 7.4 | ||||||||||||
>20 | 3,515 | 9.0 | 1,901 | 9.5 | ||||||||||||
10,506 | 6.8 | 10,068 | 5.4 | |||||||||||||
During the year IDC granted the following shares under restricted share arrangements:
2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | Weighted | 2006 | 2005 | 2005 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Number | average | Weighted | 2005 | Weighted | Weighted | |||||||||||||||||||
of shares | fair value | average | Number | average | average | |||||||||||||||||||
000s | $ | fair value | of shares | fair value | fair value | |||||||||||||||||||
£ | 000s | $ | £ | |||||||||||||||||||||
2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan | 196 | 20.82 | 10.64 | 148 | 20.57 | 11.35 | ||||||||||||||||||
2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan | 206 | 3.98 | 2.03 | 178 | 3.68 | 2.03 |
Shares awarded under the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan were valued based on the share price prevailing at the date of grant. The fair value of the options granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan and
F-52
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
of the shares awarded under the 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan was estimated using a Black-Scholes model. The weighted average estimated fair values and the inputs into the Black-Scholes model are as follows:
Long-Term Incentive Plan | Employee Stock Purchase Plan | |||||||||||||||
2006 | 2005 | 2006 | 2005 | |||||||||||||
Weighted | Weighted | Weighted | Weighted | |||||||||||||
average | average | average | average | |||||||||||||
Fair value | $ 6.57 | $ 5.56 | $ 3.98 | $ 3.68 | ||||||||||||
Weighted average share price | $20.58 | $21.38 | $15.58 | $15.46 | ||||||||||||
Weighted average exercise price | $20.58 | $21.38 | $15.58 | $15.46 | ||||||||||||
Expected volatility | 25.90 | % | 24.50 | % | 18.32 | % | 20.00 | % | ||||||||
Expected life | 4.7 years | 4.0 years | 0.5 years | 0.5 years | ||||||||||||
Risk free rate | 4.56% to 5.11 | % | 3.86 | % | 3.66% to 5.22 | % | 2.33 | % | ||||||||
Expected dividend yield | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||||||
Forfeiture rate | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||||||
The expected volatility is based on the historic volatility of IDC’s share price over the vesting term of the options.
25 | Share capital and share premium |
Number | Ordinary | Share | ||||||||||
of shares | shares | premium | ||||||||||
000s | £m | £m | ||||||||||
At 1 January 2005 | 803,250 | 201 | 2,473 | |||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares — share option schemes | 770 | — | 4 | |||||||||
At 31 December 2005 | 804,020 | 201 | 2,477 | |||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares — share option schemes | 2,089 | 1 | 10 | |||||||||
At 31 December 2006 | 806,109 | 202 | 2,487 | |||||||||
The total authorised number of ordinary shares is 1,190m shares (2005: 1,186m shares) with a par value of 25p per share (2005: 25p per share). All issued shares are fully paid. All shares have the same rights.
26 | Treasury shares |
Pearson plc | IDC | Total | ||||||||||||||||||
Number | Number | |||||||||||||||||||
of shares | of shares | |||||||||||||||||||
000s | £m | 000s | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2005 | 4,623 | 105 | 3,145 | 27 | 132 | |||||||||||||||
Purchase of treasury shares | 626 | 5 | 1,407 | 16 | 21 | |||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2005 | 5,249 | 110 | 4,552 | 43 | 153 | |||||||||||||||
Purchase of treasury shares | 4,700 | 36 | 1,500 | 16 | 52 | |||||||||||||||
Release of treasury shares | (1,188 | ) | (16 | ) | — | — | (16 | ) | ||||||||||||
At 31 December 2006 | 8,761 | 130 | 6,052 | 59 | 189 | |||||||||||||||
The Group holds its own shares in trust to satisfy its obligations under its restricted share plans (see note 24). These shares are held as treasury shares and have a par value of 25p per share.
IDC hold their own shares in respect of share buy-back programmes. These shares are held as treasury shares and have a par value of $0.01.
F-53
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The nominal value of Pearson plc treasury shares amounts to £2.2m (2005: £2.1m). The nominal value of IDC treasury shares amounts to £0.3m (2005: £0.3m).
At 31 December 2006 the market value of Pearson plc treasury shares was £67.6m (2005: £36.2m) and the market value of IDC treasury shares was £74.3m (2005: £60.2m).
27 | Other reserves and retained earnings |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
Translation | Fair value | other | Retained | |||||||||||||||||
Notes | reserve | reserve | reserves | earnings | ||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2005 | (491 | ) | — | (491 | ) | 749 | ||||||||||||||
Net exchange differences on translation of foreign operations | 327 | — | 327 | — | ||||||||||||||||
Cumulative translation adjustment disposed | (14 | ) | — | (14 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company | — | — | — | 624 | ||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company | 10 | — | — | — | (205 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Equity settled transactions | 24 | — | — | — | 23 | |||||||||||||||
Actuarial gains on post-retirement plans | 24 | — | — | — | 26 | |||||||||||||||
Taxation on items charged to equity | 8 | — | — | — | 12 | |||||||||||||||
Transition adjustment on adoption of IAS 39 | 3 | — | 3 | (15 | ) | |||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2005 | (175 | ) | — | (175 | ) | 1,214 | ||||||||||||||
Net exchange differences on translation of foreign operations | (417 | ) | — | (417 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company | — | — | — | 446 | ||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company | 10 | — | — | — | (220 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Equity settled transactions | 24 | — | — | — | 25 | |||||||||||||||
Actuarial gains on post-retirement plans | 24 | — | — | — | 107 | |||||||||||||||
Treasury shares released under employee share plans | 26 | — | — | — | (16 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Taxation on items charged to equity | 8 | — | — | — | 12 | |||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2006 | (592 | ) | — | (592 | ) | 1,568 | ||||||||||||||
The translation reserve includes exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations and of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments.
28 | Business combinations |
On 30 September 2006, the Group acquired 100% of the voting rights of Mergermarket, a financial information company providing information to financial institutions, corporations and their advisers. In addition, several other businesses were acquired in the current year including Promissor, Paravia Bruno Mondadori (PBM), National Evaluation Systems (NES), PowerSchool and Chancery in the Education business and Quote.com in IDC. None of these other acquisitions were individually material to the Group. In 2005, the amounts shown below mainly relate to the acquisition of AGS Publishing.
F-54
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The assets and liabilities arising from acquisitions are as follows:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mergermarket | Mergermarket | Other | Total | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying | Fair value | Mergermarket | Fair | Fair | Fair | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Notes | amount | adjs | Fair value | value | value | value | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment | 11 | 1 | — | 1 | 12 | 13 | 7 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets | 12 | — | 34 | 34 | 122 | 156 | 89 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets — Pre-publication | 17 | — | — | — | 4 | 4 | 15 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Inventories | — | — | — | 14 | 14 | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Trade and other receivables | 11 | — | 11 | 13 | 24 | 32 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | 14 | — | 14 | 14 | 28 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Trade and other liabilities | (21 | ) | — | (21 | ) | (31 | ) | (52 | ) | (42 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities — Borrowings | — | — | — | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred income tax liabilities | 14 | — | (10 | ) | (10 | ) | (16 | ) | (26 | ) | (21 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Retirement benefit obligations | 24 | — | — | — | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Provisions for other liabilities and charges | 22 | — | — | — | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity minority interest | — | — | — | (9 | ) | (9 | ) | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net assets acquired at fair value | 5 | 24 | 29 | 115 | 144 | 98 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill | 97 | 149 | 246 | 155 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 126 | 264 | 390 | 253 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Satisfied by: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash | (109 | ) | (273 | ) | (382 | ) | (249 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred consideration | (17 | ) | — | (17 | ) | (5 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net prior year adjustments | — | 9 | 9 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total consideration | (126 | ) | (264 | ) | (390 | ) | (253 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Book value of net assets acquired | 5 | 43 | 48 | 58 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value adjustments | 24 | 72 | 96 | 40 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value to the Group | 29 | 115 | 144 | 98 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
The fair value adjustments relating to the acquisition of Mergermarket are provisional and will be finalised during 2007. They include the valuation of intangible assets and the related deferred tax effect. Adjustments to 2005 provisional fair values largely relate to the acquisition of AGS Publishing.
Net cash outflow on acquisition:
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Cash — Current year acquisitions | (382 | ) | (249 | ) | (39 | ) | ||||||
Deferred payments for prior year acquisitions and other items | (9 | ) | — | (2 | ) | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalents acquired | 28 | 3 | — | |||||||||
Cash outflow on acquisition | (363 | ) | (246 | ) | (41 | ) | ||||||
The goodwill arising on the acquisition of Mergermarket is attributable to the profitability of the acquired business and the significant synergies expected to arise.
Mergermarket contributed £9m of sales and £2m to the Group’s profit before tax between the date of acquisition and the balance sheet date. Other businesses acquired contributed £15m to the Group’s profit before tax between the date of acquisition and the balance sheet date.
F-55
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
If the acquisitions had been completed on 1 January 2006, Group sales for the period would have been £4,199m and profit before tax would have been £478m.
29 Non-current assets classified as held for sale
As described in note 3, on 11 December 2006 the Group announced the disposal of Pearson Government Solutions. This disposal was completed on 15 February 2007 (see note 35). The major classes of assets and liabilities comprising the operations classified as held for sale at the balance sheet date are as follows:
Notes | 2006 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Property, plant and equipment | 11 | 9 | ||||||
Intangible assets — Goodwill | 12 | 221 | ||||||
Intangible assets — Other | 12 | 7 | ||||||
Inventories | 1 | �� | ||||||
Trade and other receivables | 56 | |||||||
Non-current assets classified as held for sale | 294 | |||||||
Other liabilities | (26 | ) | ||||||
Liabilities directly associated with non-current assets classified as held for sale | (26 | ) | ||||||
Net assets classified as held for sale | 268 | |||||||
30 | Disposals |
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||
Disposal of subsidiaries | ||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment | — | (48 | ) | — | ||||||||
Investments in associates | — | (3 | ) | — | ||||||||
Deferred income tax assets | — | 8 | — | |||||||||
Other financial assets | — | (2 | ) | — | ||||||||
Inventories | — | (4 | ) | — | ||||||||
Trade and other receivables | — | (59 | ) | (4 | ) | |||||||
Trade and other liabilities | (1 | ) | 71 | 2 | ||||||||
Provisions for other liabilities and charges | — | 3 | — | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | — | (134 | ) | 1 | ||||||||
Equity minority interests | (4 | ) | 54 | (4 | ) | |||||||
Attributable goodwill | (5 | ) | (104 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||
Currency translation adjustment | — | 14 | ||||||||||
Net assets disposed of | (10 | ) | (204 | ) | (9 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds received | 10 | 513 | 8 | |||||||||
Costs | — | (3 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||||
Profit on sale | — | 306 | (3 | ) | ||||||||
F-56
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
Cash flow from disposals | ||||||||||||
Cash — Current year disposals | 10 | 513 | 8 | |||||||||
Costs paid | — | (3 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalents/net debt disposed of | — | (134 | ) | 1 | ||||||||
Net cash inflow | 10 | 376 | 7 | |||||||||
The 2006 disposal relates to share options exercised in IDC.
2005 disposals relate mainly to the disposal of the Group’s 79% interest in Recoletos Grupo de Communicación S.A..
31 Cash generated from operations
Notes | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||||
(All figures in £ millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Net profit | 469 | 644 | 284 | |||||||||||||
Adjustments for: | ||||||||||||||||
Tax | 19 | 125 | 70 | |||||||||||||
Depreciation | 11 | 77 | 80 | 84 | ||||||||||||
Amortisation of purchased intangible assets | 12 | 28 | 11 | 5 | ||||||||||||
Adjustment on recognition of pre-acquisition deferred tax | 12 | 7 | — | — | ||||||||||||
Amortisation of other intangible assets | 12 | 23 | 18 | 20 | ||||||||||||
Investment in pre-publication assets | 17 | (213 | ) | (222 | ) | (181 | ) | |||||||||
Amortisation of pre-publication assets | 17 | 210 | 192 | 168 | ||||||||||||
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment | 2 | — | 4 | |||||||||||||
Profit on sale of investments | — | — | (16 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net finance costs | 74 | 70 | 76 | |||||||||||||
Share of results of joint ventures and associates | 13 | (24 | ) | (14 | ) | (10 | ) | |||||||||
(Profit)/loss on sale of subsidiaries and associates | — | (346 | ) | 3 | ||||||||||||
Net foreign exchange(losses)/gains from transactions | (37 | ) | 39 | (15 | ) | |||||||||||
Share-based payment costs | 24 | 25 | 23 | 25 | ||||||||||||
Inventories | (16 | ) | (17 | ) | (12 | ) | ||||||||||
Trade and other receivables | (60 | ) | (4 | ) | (18 | ) | ||||||||||
Trade and other liabilities | 54 | 71 | 61 | |||||||||||||
Provisions | (17 | ) | (17 | ) | (24 | ) | ||||||||||
Cash generated from operations | 621 | 653 | 524 | |||||||||||||
Following a review of accounting presentation in 2006, the Group has chosen to reclassify investment in pre-publication assets as cash generated from operations. This aligns the classification in the cash flow with the treatment of comparable items in other industries and provides more relevant information on the Group cash flow. The impact of this change is to reduce cash generated from operations by £222m in 2005 (£181m in 2004) and increase net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities by £222m in 2005 (£181m in 2004).
F-57
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
In the cash flow statement, proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment comprise:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Net book amount | 10 | 3 | ||||||
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment | (2 | ) | — | |||||
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment | 8 | 3 | ||||||
The principal non-cash transactions are movements in finance lease obligations of £4m (2005: £nil).
32 Contingencies
There are contingent Group liabilities that arise in the normal course of business in respect of indemnities, warranties and guarantees in relation to former subsidiaries and in respect of guarantees in relation to subsidiaries and associates. In addition there are contingent liabilities of the Group in respect of legal claims. None of these claims is expected to result in a material gain or loss to the Group.
33 Commitments
Capital commitments
Capital expenditure contracted for at the balance sheet date but not yet incurred is as follows:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Property, plant and equipment | — | 1 | ||||||
The Group leases various offices and warehouses under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The leases have varying terms and renewal rights. The Group also leases various plant and equipment under operating lease agreements, also with varying terms. The lease expenditure charged to the income statement during the year is disclosed in note 5.
The future aggregate minimum lease payments in respect of operating leases are as follows:
2006 | 2005 | |||||||
(All figures in | ||||||||
£ millions) | ||||||||
Not later than one year | 123 | 132 | ||||||
Later than one year and not later than two years | 113 | 117 | ||||||
Later than two years and not later than three years | 103 | 108 | ||||||
Later than three years and not later than four years | 90 | 97 | ||||||
Later than four years and not later than five years | 83 | 81 | ||||||
Later than five years | 857 | 915 | ||||||
1,369 | 1,450 | |||||||
F-58
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
34 Related party transactions
Joint ventures and associates — Amounts advanced to joint ventures and associates during the year and at the balance sheet date are set out in note 13. Amounts falling due from joint ventures and associates are set out in note 19.
Key management personnelare deemed to be the members of the board of directors of Pearson plc. It is this board which has responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group. Key management personnel compensation is disclosed in the directors’ remuneration report.
There were no other material related party transactions.
No guarantees have been provided to related parties.
35 Events after the balance sheet date
On 15 February 2007 the Group completed the disposal of Pearson Government Solutions, its Government services business, to Veritas Capital. Sale proceeds consist of $560m in cash, $40m in preferred stock and 10% of the equity of the business. The Group expects to make a post-tax loss on the disposal as the capital gain for tax purposes will exceed any book gain.
F-59
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
36 | Summary of principal differences between International Financial Reporting Standards and United States of America generally accepted accounting principles |
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with EU-adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), which differ in certain significant respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). Such differences involve methods for measuring the amounts shown in the financial statements.
The following is a summary of the adjustments to consolidated profit for the financial year and consolidated shareholders’ funds that would have been required in applying the significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP.
Reconciliation of consolidated profit for the financial year
Year ended December 31 | |||||||||||||||||
Note | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||
Profit for the financial year under IFRS | 446 | 624 | 262 | ||||||||||||||
US GAAP adjustments: | |||||||||||||||||
Intangible amortization | (i) | (50 | ) | (60 | ) | (74 | ) | ||||||||||
Discontinued operations | (iii) | (71 | ) | — | (2 | ) | |||||||||||
Leases | (v) | (5 | ) | — | 3 | ||||||||||||
Disposal adjustments | (iv) | — | (119 | ) | — | ||||||||||||
Pensions and other post-retirement benefits | (vi) | (19 | ) | (26 | ) | (23 | ) | ||||||||||
Share-based payments | (vii) | — | (4 | ) | (13 | ) | |||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | (viii) | (11 | ) | (12 | ) | (23 | ) | ||||||||||
Acquisition adjustments | (xii) | (3 | ) | 1 | — | ||||||||||||
Partnerships and associates | (x) | (1 | ) | (2 | ) | — | |||||||||||
Minority interests | (xi) | 1 | 2 | — | |||||||||||||
Other | (2 | ) | (9 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||||||||
Taxation effect of US GAAP adjustments | (xiv) | 56 | 16 | 53 | |||||||||||||
Total US GAAP adjustments | (105 | ) | (213 | ) | (80 | ) | |||||||||||
Net income under US GAAP | 341 | 411 | 182 | ||||||||||||||
Profit from continuing operations (less (benefit from)/charge for applicable taxes 2006: £(45)m, 2005: £100m, 2004: £2m) | 398 | 164 | 153 | ||||||||||||||
(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations (less charge for applicable taxes 2006: £8m; 2005: £8m, 2004: £15m) | (57 | ) | 8 | 29 | |||||||||||||
Profit on disposal of discontinued operations (less charge for applicable taxes 2006: £nil; 2005: £1m, 2004: £nil) | — | 239 | — | ||||||||||||||
Net income under US GAAP | 341 | 411 | 182 | ||||||||||||||
F-60
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||||||||
Note | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | |||||||||||||
Presentation of earnings per equity share under US GAAP | (xiii) | |||||||||||||||
Earnings/(loss) per equity share | (p | ) | (p | ) | (p | ) | ||||||||||
Basic: | ||||||||||||||||
Continuing operations | 49.9 | 20.5 | 19.2 | |||||||||||||
Discontinued operations | (7.2 | ) | 31.0 | 3.6 | ||||||||||||
Total | 42.7 | 51.5 | 22.8 | |||||||||||||
Diluted: | ||||||||||||||||
Continuing operations | 49.8 | 20.5 | 19.2 | |||||||||||||
Discontinued operations | (7.2 | ) | 30.9 | 3.6 | ||||||||||||
Total | 42.6 | 51.4 | 22.8 | |||||||||||||
Average shares outstanding (millions) | 798.4 | 797.9 | 795.6 | |||||||||||||
Dilutive effect of stock options (millions) | 1.5 | 1.1 | 1.1 | |||||||||||||
Average number of shares outstanding assuming dilution (millions) | 799.9 | 799.0 | 796.7 | |||||||||||||
Reconciliation of consolidated shareholders’ funds
Year ended | |||||||||||||
December 31 | |||||||||||||
Note | 2006 | 2005 | |||||||||||
£m | £m | ||||||||||||
Shareholders’ funds under IFRS | 3,476 | 3,564 | |||||||||||
US GAAP adjustments: | |||||||||||||
Goodwill | (i) | 76 | 81 | ||||||||||
Intangibles | (i),(ii) | 158 | 231 | ||||||||||
Discontinued operations | (iii) | (64 | ) | 7 | |||||||||
Leases | (v) | (5 | ) | — | |||||||||
Pensions and other post-retirement benefits | (vi) | — | 61 | ||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | (viii) | 5 | 15 | ||||||||||
Share-based payments | (vii) | (3 | ) | — | |||||||||
Acquisition adjustments | (xii) | 24 | 26 | ||||||||||
Partnerships and associates | (x) | 9 | 15 | ||||||||||
Minority interests | (xi) | (26 | ) | (30 | ) | ||||||||
Other | (8 | ) | (6 | ) | |||||||||
Taxation effect of US GAAP adjustments | (xiv) | (61 | ) | (126 | ) | ||||||||
Total US GAAP adjustments | 105 | 274 | |||||||||||
Shareholders’ funds under US GAAP | 3,581 | 3,838 | |||||||||||
F-61
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
A summary of the principal differences and additional disclosures applicable to the Group are set out below:
(i) Goodwill and other intangibles |
Both IFRS and US GAAP require purchase consideration to be allocated to the net assets acquired at their fair value on the date of acquisition, with the difference between the consideration and the fair value of the identifiable net assets recorded as goodwill.
Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis in accordance with IFRS 3‘Business Combinations’.
For the purposes of US GAAP, all goodwill written off against reserves before the transition to IFRS has been reinstated as an asset on the balance sheet. Prior to July 1, 2001, goodwill was amortized over its estimated useful life. In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Financial Accounting Standard (“FAS”) 142,“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”which required that goodwill no longer be amortized. SFAS 142 was effective for the Group on January 1, 2002. As a result, goodwill is no longer subject to amortization subsequent to the date of adoption, but is subject to the annual impairment testing provisions of FAS 142. Impairment reviews were performed and, consistent with IFRS, no reporting units were impaired.
Under UK GAAP, before the transition to IFRS on January 1, 2003, intangible assets (other than goodwill) could only be recognized where they could be disposed of separately from the businesses to which they related. Consequently the Group did not recognize any acquired intangible assets other than goodwill prior to January 1, 2003. In accordance with IFRS 3, acquired intangible assets (such as publishing rights, customer relationships, technology and trademarks) in respect of acquisitions after January 1, 2003 have been capitalized and amortized over a range of estimated useful lives between 2 and 30 years. Under US GAAP, acquired intangible assets on all acquisitions have been capitalized and amortized. The identified intangibles have been valued based on independent appraisals and management evaluation and analysis.
GAAP differences between IFRS and US GAAP arise from the following factors. In respect of acquisitions prior to January 1, 1998, goodwill has remained as a deduction to reserves under IFRS in accordance with the transition rules of IFRS 1 but has been capitalized under US GAAP. In respect of acquisitions between January 1, 1998 and December 31, 2002, no acquired intangible assets other than goodwill have been recognized under IFRS while they have been fully recognized under US GAAP. Amortization of goodwill ceased on December 31, 2001 under US GAAP but ceased a year later under IFRS. Also, contingent consideration is recognized as a cost of acquisition under IFRS, if it is probable that the contingent consideration will be paid and can be measured reliably. Under US GAAP, contingent consideration is only recognized when paid (see acquisition adjustments (xii) below).
F-62
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The movement of the US GAAP adjustments to goodwill and intangibles in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:
Goodwill | Intangible assets | |||||||
£m | £m | |||||||
Year ended December 31, 2004 | 129 | 267 | ||||||
Foreign exchange differences | (9 | ) | 28 | |||||
Amortization | — | (60 | ) | |||||
Net movement in deferred consideration | (39 | ) | — | |||||
Acquisitions | — | (4 | ) | |||||
Year ended December 31, 2005 | 81 | 231 | ||||||
Foreign exchange differences | 1 | (25 | ) | |||||
Amortization | — | (50 | ) | |||||
Net movement in deferred consideration | (4 | ) | — | |||||
Acquisitions | (2 | ) | 2 | |||||
Year ended December 31, 2006 | 76 | 158 | ||||||
(ii) Pre-publication assets |
In accordance with IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ the Group classifies its pre-publication assets as current intangibles under IFRS, as they are expected to be consumed within their normal identifiable operating cycle. Under IFRS an asset shall be disclosed as current when it is expected to be realized in, or is intended for sale or consumption in, the entity’s normal operating cycle, provided that the operating cycle is clearly identifiable. Where the operating cycle is not clearly identifiable its duration is assumed to be twelve months. Under US GAAP, these assets are classified as long-term assets, as the benefit will accrue to several future annual periods, in accordance with ARB 43 ‘Restatement & Revision of Accounting Research Bulletin (Working Capital)’. As a result of this difference in classification, non-current intangible assets are £402m higher under US GAAP in 2006 than under IFRS (2005: £426m higher) and current intangible assets under US GAAP are £nil for all periods presented.
The Company determines a normal operating cycle under IFRS separately for each entity/ cash generating unit within the group with distinct economic characteristics. Each of its education businesses has an operating cycle which is clearly identifiable. The duration of the cycle is primarily based on the expected period over which the educational programs and titles will generate cash flows, and also takes account of the time it takes to produce the educational programs. The pre-publication assets are amortized from the date of first delivery of the program. The normal operating cycle commences when pre-publication activity starts and typically ends 5 years after the date of first delivery for the School, Higher Education and Professional segments, and 4 years after the date of first delivery for the Penguin segment.
Under US GAAP, the Company’s investment in pre-publication assets has been classified as an investing activity, whereas under IFRS, investment in pre-publication assets has been classified as an operating activity. Consequently under US GAAP, net cash generated from operations, in respect of this item, is £213m higher in 2006 than under IFRS (£222m higher in 2005 and £181m higher in 2004) while the cash flow from investing activities in 2006 is £213m lower than under IFRS (£222m lower in 2005 and £181m lower in 2004).
(iii) Discontinued operations |
Discontinued operations comprise the differences between IFRS and US GAAP in respect of Pearson Government solutions for 2006, 2005 and 2004 and Recoletos for 2005 and 2004.
F-63
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The (loss)/profit before tax, assets and liabilities in respect of discontinued operations under US GAAP are as follows:
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | ||||||||||
Total (loss)/profit before tax in respect of discontinued operations | (49 | ) | 17 | 49 | ||||||||
Assets in respect of discontinued operations | 240 | 388 | 729 | |||||||||
Liabilities in respect of discontinued operations | (27 | ) | (51 | ) | (183 | ) |
Under US GAAP, the Company has included the Cumulative Translation Adjustment (CTA) relating to the assets held for sale in relation to Government Solutions in its impairment analysis as required by EITF 01-05. As the resulting carrying value exceeds the fair value less cost to sell, the Group has recognized an impairment loss of £70m in its US GAAP income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006. The CTA will be released to net income upon the completion of the disposal of Government Solutions in 2007.
Under IFRS, the Group has measured its assets and liabilities that have been classified as held for sale at the lower of its carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. IFRS does not require the CTA to be included in the carrying value when assessing an asset held for disposal for impairment. As a result, there is no impairment loss recognized in the Group’s financial statements under IFRS in 2006.
(iv) Disposal adjustments |
In 2005 and 2004 gains and losses were recognized under IFRS on the disposal of a number of the Group’s businesses and assets. Adjustments made to reconcile US GAAP and IFRS have an effect on the net assets of these businesses and, accordingly, a corresponding impact on the gain or loss on disposal. There were no corresponding disposal adjustments in 2006.
Under IFRS, goodwill previously written off to reserves, which has been grandfathered under the first time adoption provisions of IFRS 1, is not treated as part of the calculation of profit or loss on disposal when the business to which it relates is sold. This usually results in higher profits on disposal than under US GAAP, where the goodwill was capitalized and forms part of the calculation of profit or loss on disposal.
Under both IFRS and US GAAP, it is necessary to factor into the disposal calculation any cumulative translation adjustment associated with the business. However, a GAAP difference arises on disposals of entities acquired before the adoption of IFRS as the translation reserve was reset to zero at the date of the adoption of IFRS in accordance with the transitional provisions in IFRS 1. Under US GAAP, the translation reserve runs from the date of acquisition.
The reconciling items between IFRS and US GAAP in respect of disposals are summarized as follows:
2006 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | ||||||||||
Difference in carrying value on disposal | — | (86 | ) | — | ||||||||
Cumulative translation adjustment | — | (33 | ) | — | ||||||||
Total US GAAP differences in respect of disposals | — | (119 | ) | — | ||||||||
(v) Leases |
During the year, the Group disposed of one of its properties in a sale and lease back transaction. The resulting lease qualifies under both IFRS and US GAAP as an operating lease. A GAAP difference arises as under US GAAP any gain that arises on the sale is deferred and spread over the remaining life of the lease. In accordance with IAS 17, the gain on disposal was recognized immediately in the income statement as the transaction was established at fair value.
F-64
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(vi) | Pensions and other post-retirement benefits |
The Group operates defined benefit pension plans for its employees and former employees throughout the world. The largest defined benefit plan is a funded plan operated in the UK.
In 2006, the Group adopted FAS 158 ‘Employers’ accounting for defined benefit pension and other post retirement plans’, this applies in conjunction with FAS 87 ‘Employers’ Accounting for Pensions’. FAS 87 has been applied during 2004 and 2005.
Under IFRS, the expense of defined benefit pension plan and other post-retirement benefits is charged to the income statement as an operating expense over the periods benefiting from the employee’s services. The charge is based on actuarial assumptions reflecting market conditions at the beginning of the financial year.
Under IAS 19, the Group has recognized a pension obligation representing the excess of the defined benefit obligation over the fair value of assets as at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006. Actuarial gains and losses, i.e. the difference between the expected development of the assets and liabilities and the actual development, are recognized immediately through the statement of recognized income and expenses.
Under both FAS 158 and FAS 87, in addition to the pension expense items recognized under IFRS, actuarial gains and losses in excess of the corridor are recognized over the average remaining service life of employees. However, the unrecognized amount attributable to actuarial gains and losses falling within a 10% corridor (i.e. 10% of the greater of the market value of the plan assets or plan liabilities) is deferred and not spread. Under US GAAP this results in an £19m increase in the pension charge in 2006 (2005: £26m; 2004: £23m).
Under FAS 87, the accrual or prepayment recognized in the balance sheet in respect of pensions represents the cumulative income statement charges net of contributions to the scheme since transition to the standard. In addition to this amount, FAS 87 requires that an additional minimum liability is recorded for any plan where the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of the plan assets by an amount greater than the liability recognized in the balance sheet.
Under FAS 158, the provision or surplus recognized on the balance sheet represents the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation.
The adoption of FAS 158 resulted in the recognition of a pension obligation representing the excess of the defined benefit obligation over the fair value of assets. The effect was an increase in the pension liability under US GAAP of £44m. At December 31, 2006 there is no difference between the pension liabilities under IFRS and US GAAP. For the year ended December 31, 2005 the Group had recognized prepaid pension costs amounting to £57m and a minimum pension liability of £298m in respect of pensions and accrued pension costs amounting to £49m in respect of post-retirement benefit plans in line with FAS 87.
(vii) | Share-based payments |
Under both IFRS and US GAAP, the share-based payment charge is determined based on the fair value of the award at the grant date and is spread over the vesting period.
Under both IFRS and US GAAP, the fair value of awards is determined at the date of grant using whichever of the Black-Scholes, Binomial and Monte Carlo model is most appropriate to the award. These models require assumptions to be made regarding share price volatility, dividend yield, risk-free rate of return and expected option lives.
The Group adopted FAS 123(R) as at January 1, 2006 using the ‘Modified Prospective Application’ transition method. In 2006, differences between US GAAP and IFRS relate to the treatment of dual-indexed awards which are considered equity-settled under IFRS. Under US GAAP these awards are classified as liabilities and revalued to their fair value at each balance sheet date. On adoption the Group reclassified £1.2m relating to dual-indexed awards from equity to liabilities and revalued them. The revaluation of these awards
F-65
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
on adoption and at year-end resulted in an increase of the share-based payment charge by £1m. This increase was offset by differences in the IFRS and US GAAP charge due to the different treatment of forfeitures in prior years.
In 2005, differences between the US GAAP and IFRS charge were mainly due to the different treatment of options with graded vesting features. Under IFRS the charge is recognized as the options gradually vest, whereas under US GAAP the charge is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period resulting in an additional cost of £5m (2004: £13m). The remainder of the adjustment in 2005 relates to the treatment of forfeitures.
Differences also arise between US GAAP and IFRS on the calculation of deferred tax on share-based payments. Whereas under IFRS the deferred tax benefit is calculated based on the intrinsic value of the option/share at the balance sheet date, FAS 123(R) requires the tax benefit to be calculated based on the compensation expense recognized during the year.
(viii) | Derivative financial instruments |
Prior to the adoption of IAS 39‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ on January 1, 2005, the Group’s derivatives were recorded as hedging instruments. Amounts payable or receivable in respect of interest rate swaps were accrued with net interest payable over the period of the contract. Unrealized gains and losses on currency swaps and forward currency contracts were deferred and recognized when paid. Following the adoption of IAS 39, derivatives are required to be recognized at fair value using market prices or established estimation techniques such as discounted cash flow or option valuation models.
For both IFRS and US GAAP, the Group designates certain of the derivative financial instruments in its portfolio to be hedges of the fair value of its bonds (fair value hedges) or hedges of net investment in foreign operations (net investment hedges). Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with the change in fair value of the hedged assets or liability attributable to the hedged risk. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as net investment hedges are recognized in equity. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the income statement when the corresponding foreign operation is disposed of. Gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion are recognized immediately in the income statement. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not in hedging relationships are recognized in the income statement.
Under US GAAP, certain of the Group’s financial instruments met the designation and testing requirements for hedge accounting from January 1, 2004. Under IFRS, hedge accounting has only been available from the date of adoption of IAS 39, on January 1, 2005. This additional year of hedge accounting under US GAAP gives rise to a difference between IFRS and US GAAP in respect of shareholders’ funds.
On adoption of IAS 39 on January 1, 2005, certain of the Group’s derivative financial instruments were deemed to be in fair value hedging relationships for the purposes of calculating the transition adjustment. The Group has elected not to designate all of these derivatives as hedges on an ongoing basis. In this circumstance, the transitional adjustment to the carrying value of those bonds deemed to be in fair value hedging relationships is being amortized over the life of the corresponding derivative financial instrument. This gives rise to a difference between IFRS and US GAAP, as this amortization is included in the income statement under IFRS with no corresponding entry under US GAAP.
(ix) | Revenue recognition |
The Group recharges some of its freight revenue to its customers. As this income is incidental to the Group’s main revenue generating business, this income is classified as other income under IFRS as disclosed in note 5 to these financial statements. Under US GAAP freight recharges should be recognized as revenue in accordance with EITF 00-10 ‘Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs’. The Group has also
F-66
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
reclassified distribution and subrights income to revenue for all years presented. This resulted in an increase in sales under US GAAP of £94m in 2006 (2005: £84m; 2004: £83m).
(x) | Partnerships and associates |
There is no difference between IFRS and US GAAP in the accounting for partnerships and associates. However, the accounts of partnerships and associates must be adjusted from IFRS to US GAAP, which has an impact on the results of the partnerships and associates, as well as the carrying value of the investment in these entities. Principal differences identified with respect to the Group’s investments in partnerships and associates include: historic goodwill, pensions and derivatives.
(xi) Minority interests |
Under IFRS, when less than 100% of a subsidiary has been acquired, minority interest in a business combination is stated at the minority’s proportion of the net fair value of acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed. Under US GAAP, the minority interest is valued at historical book value. In the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, there was no difference between IFRS and US GAAP in the recognition of minority interest. In all years, minority interests represent the minority share of US GAAP adjustments.
Under IFRS, minority interest is classified as a component of shareholders’ equity. Under US GAAP, minority interest is classified outside of equity.
(xii) Acquisition adjustments |
Under US GAAP, consideration related to the acquisition of businesses contingent on a future event such as achieving specific earnings levels in future periods, that is treated as additional purchase price is recorded only when the specified conditions are met and the consideration determinable, in accordance withSFAS 141 “Business Combinations.”Consideration related to the acquisition of a business contingent on a future event that is treated as compensation expense is recorded over the period in which the compensation is earned. Under IFRS, contingent consideration is treated as part of the purchase price on the date of acquisition, if it is probable that the contingent consideration will be paid and can be measured reliably.
(xiii) Presentation of earnings per equity share |
Under US GAAP an entity must present basic and diluted EPS for discontinued operations or the cumulative effect of an accounting change. Accordingly, the Group has presented EPS for income from continuing operations, discontinued operations and net income.
(xiv) Deferred taxation |
Under IFRS, IAS 12“Income Taxes”, deferred tax is recognized if it is probable that sufficient taxable profit is available against which the temporary difference can be utilized. Under US GAAP, deferred tax is recognized in full but then reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
F-67
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The reconciling items in 2006, 2005 and 2004 reflect the impact of recording the full provision and deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance, and are summarized below:
Income | Equity | Income | Equity | Income | ||||||||||||||||
2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2005 | 2004 | ||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||
Tax effect of GAAP adjustments on: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill and intangible amortization | 20 | (94 | ) | 18 | (121 | ) | 17 | |||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 3 | (1 | ) | 3 | (5 | ) | 38 | |||||||||||||
Options, pensions, disposals and other adjustments | 33 | 34 | (6 | ) | — | (2 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total taxation effect of US GAAP adjustments | 56 | (61 | ) | 15 | (126 | ) | 53 | |||||||||||||
Income tax adjustments on the GAAP differences on goodwill and intangible amortization are calculated by reference to each specific acquisition. These adjustments arise on tax deductible goodwill and intangibles primarily on acquisitions prior to January 1, 2003 where intangibles have been recognized under US GAAP which have not been recognized under IFRS. The net effect of the adjustments is to recognize a smaller deferred tax liability under US GAAP.
Adjustments to the deferred tax on derivatives are provided on the gross adjustment to the value of the derivatives at the balance sheet date with the movement on the tax adjustment shown as a reconciling item in the profit and loss account.
Valuation allowances have previously been recognized in respect of the tax losses carried forward. Following a review of the tax position in the US and the likely utilization of operating losses, the Group has released its valuation allowance in respect of the deferred tax asset relating to its US share-based payment plans amounting to £38m in 2006. These plans are not in the money and, consequently, a deferred tax asset has not been recognized in line with IAS 12. FAS 123(R) only permits a valuation allowance where there are insufficient future taxable profits to utilize the reversal of the temporary difference.
Other disclosures required by US GAAP |
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Group and majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries. Under IFRS, the investments in companies in which the Group is unable to exercise control but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies are accounted for by the equity method, which is consistent with the equity method under US GAAP. Accordingly, the Group’s share of the net earnings of these companies is included in the consolidated profit and loss. The investments in other companies are carried at cost. Inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated upon consolidation.
The Group consolidates variable interest entities where we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the entity. Operating results for variable interest entities in which we are deemed the primary beneficiary are included in the profit and loss account from the date such determination is made.
Use of estimates
Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. Accounting estimates have been used in these financial statements to determine reported amounts, including realizability, useful lives of tangible and intangible assets, income taxes and other items. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-68
Table of Contents
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
U.S. Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 with the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. The provisions of FIN 48 are to be applied to all tax positions upon initial adoption of this standard. FIN 48 requires that the Group recognizes in the financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognizing, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition attributable to the tax position. Management is currently assessing the impact of FIN 48 on the Group.
International Accounting Pronouncements |
IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ (effective from January 1, 2007). IFRS 7 introduces new disclosures of qualitative and quantitative information about exposure to risks arising from financial instruments, including specific minimum disclosures about credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk. Management is currently assessing the impact of IFRS 7 on the Group’s financial statements.
A complementary amendment to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements — Capital Disclosures’ (effective from 1 January 2007). The amendment to IAS 1 introduces disclosures about the level and the management of the capital of an entity. Management is currently assessing the impact of the complementary amendment to IAS 1 on the Group’s financial statements
IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ (effective January 1, 2009). IFRS 8 requires an entity to adopt the ‘management approach’ to reporting on the financial performance of its operating segments, revise explanations of the basis on which the segment information is prepared and provide reconciliations to the amounts recognized in the income statement and balance sheet. Management is currently assessing the impact of IFRS 8 on the Group’s financial statements.
IFRIC 8 ‘Scope of IFRS 2’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after May 1, 2006). IFRIC 8 requires consideration of transactions involving the issuance of equity instruments — where the identifiable consideration received is less than the fair value of the equity instruments issued — to establish whether or not they fall within the scope of IFRS 2. The Group will apply IFRIC 8 from January 1, 2007, but it is not expected to have any impact on the Group’s accounts.
IFRIC 10 ‘Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after November 1, 2006). IFRIC 10 prohibits impairment losses recognized in an interim period on goodwill, investments in equity instruments and investments in financial assets carried at cost to be reversed at a subsequent balance sheet date. The Group will apply IFRIC 10 from January 1, 2007 but it is not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s accounts.
IFRIC 7 ‘Applying the Restatement Approach under IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’ (effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after March 1, 2006). IFRIC 7 provides guidance on how to apply the requirements of IAS 29 in a reporting period in which an entity identifies the existence of hyperinflation in the economy of its functional currency, when the economy was not hyperinflationary in the prior period. As none of the Group entities have a currency of a hyperinflationary economy as their functional currency, IFRIC 7 is not relevant to the Group’s operations.
IFRIC 9 ‘Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after June 1, 2006). IFRIC 9 requires an entity to assess whether an embedded derivative is required to be separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative when the entity first becomes a party to the contract. Subsequent reassessment is prohibited unless there is a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the cash flows that otherwise would be required under the contract, in which case reassessment is required. The Group does not expect IFRIC 9 to have a material impact.
F-69
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
Pearson plc | |
/s/ Robin Freestone | |
Robin Freestone | |
Chief Financial Officer |
Date: April 30, 2007
F-70